# Introduction

## Mapeo is a free, easy-to-use, open source set of tools for collecting and mapping information.

Mapeo was built by [Digital Democracy](https://www.digital-democracy.org) with and for earth defenders to easily document environmental & human rights information and to collect data about their land. It was designed to work in entirely offline environments, is highly customizable, and built on a decentralized peer-to-peer database that allows communities to own their own data.

![Mapeo used to document illegal activities in Northern Ecuador, supported by Alianza Ceibo and Amazon Frontlines.](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-legacy-files/o/assets%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q%2F-MgHvqLht2m0PsCSiV-h%2F-MgI33JiiL_PizPTogjD%2FAC-Siona2-1024x683.jpg?alt=media\&token=62d5274a-6c06-4496-87c7-05a1ce1a2680)

## About this Guide

This site provides an introduction to the Mapeo tools and a collection of training & technical resources to support Mapeo users.

The site is divided into the following sections:

* **Overview**\
  Basic information about the Mapeo tools
* **Quick Start Guide**\
  Instructions for installing and testing Mapeo's default functionality
* **Complete Reference Guide**\
  A complete collection of resources on planning & implementing projects using Mapeo and customization of the tools

### Use of this guide

Digital Democracy would like both Mapeo and the Mapeo reference materials we develop to help communities find ways to support **autonomy**, **accesibility** and **collaboration** in their projects. We know that people accessing this online resource will have diverse interests, goals, needs, and technical literacy. For this reason, there are a variety of paths to access information and levels of details users may be looking for. All pages in this guide can also be [saved in PDF format and printed for use offline](/complete-reference-guide/troubleshooting/saving-and-printing-mapeo-reference-materials).

*Feel free to make use of these resources under the creative commons license terms:* [Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/).

**Translation**\
We strive to make our tools & resources accessible and available to communities in their local languages. If you'd like to contribute to translating this guide, please see the section on [Translating Mapeo](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/translating) to learn how to get started.

#### Open Source Development

Mapeo and all of Digital Democracy's technical development is open source. Visit the [FOR DEVELOPERS](/for-developers/mapeo-repositories) section for more information.

*Mapeo is a project of Digital Democracy, a non-profit organization that partners with earth defenders to co-develop technology for social justice. For more information on Digital Democracy, and how to support our user-centered co-development process visit* [*our website*](https://www.digital-democracy.org)*.*


# About Mapeo

## Mapeo is a free, easy-to-use set of tools for collecting and mapping information.

Mapeo was co-designed and developed with Indigenous communities who face threats to their land such as illegal gold mining, oil contamination and poaching. It was built to support frontline groups to document these activities in order to take community action against them, report key information to authorities, file lawsuits, launch media campaigns, or create maps for land claims. To learn more about how Mapeo is currently being used, see [How Mapeo is being used](/overview/about-mapeo/how-mapeo-is-being-used).

Mapeo is open source software that benefits from continued feedback from our users across the world.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FpUXsIXWiSJSmdwcOIWev%2FScreen%20Shot%202022-03-29%20at%2012.08.56%20PM.png?alt=media\&token=dcd0e300-e183-4768-af59-bddc129dac6c)

## Key features of Mapeo

* **Simple to use and learn**\
  Even if you have never used a smartphone phone before, you can learn to collect data, GPS points and photos with Mapeo Mobile in a few hours. Mapeo Desktop does require some computer skills, but has a simple interface with a limited number of features. For more complex analysis or mapping work you can export your data to other tools. The simplicity of the tools helps support wide community involvement and ownership of projects.<br>
* **Works in completely offline environments**\
  All data collected or created with Mapeo is stored directly on your device in Mapeo's embedded database, without the need for an internet connection or centralized server. Users of Mapeo Mobile and Desktop can synchronize or exchange data over a local Wi-Fi network. The data never leaves your local Wi-Fi network and does not require an internet connection. Mapeo Desktop can also exchange information via a file using a USB drive.<br>
* **Uses a peer-to-peer database**\
  All the data you collect using Mapeo is stored locally on your device, not on a server or on the internet. When you synchronize with other Mapeo users in your project, you each get a copy of the data that each person has collected, so every device ends up with a complete copy of all the data in the project.<br>
* **Highly customizable**\
  You can customize the language, maps and information you collect. You can add detailed offline maps of your area, and change the icons and questions used for data collection. Mapeo has been translated into a number of languages already and anyone can add more.<br>
* **Secure, unfalsifiable data**\
  All data collected with Mapeo has encrypted logs that can be verified for authenticity. Similar to a blockchain, data is secured by cryptographic proofs, so you can verify that no record in the log has been changed or tampered with. Private projects can be created using secure project keys which limit who one can synchronize data with.


# Mapeo tools

Mapeo is a set of digital tools, designed to support collaborative data collection and mapping in offline environments.

There are two highly-customizable Mapeo apps that can be used together or individually, depending on your goals:

* [**Mapeo Mobile**](#mapeo-mobile)
* [**Mapeo Desktop**](#mapeo-desktop)

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FSf4EaRKm6rcqi50lU3Qa%2Fimage.png?alt=media\&token=c3a530f5-d08b-465c-951f-6f516e651137)

Mapeo Mobile and Desktop are built on top of [**Mapeo Core**](#mapeo-core), an embedded peer-to-peer database that allows users to own their own data, directly on their devices, without the need for an internet connection or to share information with a centralized server.

## Mapeo Mobile

Mapeo Mobile is a smartphone application (currently for Android only) that allows you to collect and map information. Using your phone's GPS, you can mark points on a map for your current location and add photos, notes and other details about what is happening. Information can be shared with collaborators who are using Mapeo, or with external contacts via email or other messaging apps.

Mapeo Mobile can be translated into local languages, customized to use offline maps, and tailored to collect specific types of information.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fs0617qi61CW9E5YY0tjQ%2Fimage.png?alt=media\&token=7f3cfdc7-fcf5-41c2-86cd-3a6ef7e2449c)

## Mapeo Desktop

Mapeo Desktop is a computer application that allows you to aggregate, view and manage data collected with Mapeo Mobile. Data from Mapeo Desktop can be shared with collaborators who are using Mapeo or exported to PDF reports, CSV files, GeoJSON files or published to the web using [Mapeo Webmaps](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/exporting-and-sharing-externally#export-as-web-map).

Mapeo Desktop also offers a simple interface for adding or creating territory information for making maps. It provides a basic set of mapping features that are more accessible to new tech users than other available geographic information tools, but exporting maps requires knowledge of other software.

Like Mapeo Mobile, Mapeo Desktop can be translated into local languages, customized to use offline maps, and tailored to collect specific types of information.

![Left: Mapeo Desktop is being used to view, manage and export data collected using Mapeo Mobile. Right: Mapeo Desktop is being used to create and export territory information.](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fa4lJ4MG9FL4a0qV0ze1T%2Fimage.png?alt=media\&token=536953a1-bf92-4f1f-91e8-bd2287123062)

## Mapeo Core

Mapeo Mobile and Mapeo Desktop are both built on top of Mapeo Core to securely store the geographic data, details and media created by users. Mapeo Core is an offline-first, peer-to-peer embedded database that allows users to own their own data, directly on their devices, without the need for an internet connection or to share information with a centralized server.

Mapeo Core is built upon [**Hypercore**](https://hypercore-protocol.org), which is an append-only log of actions (create, edit, delete data). Data is secured by cryptographic proofs -- every record written has a signature that also references the signature of every previous record/row in the log -- so you can never change or edit anything already written to the log. For more on Mapeo Core and data integrity, see [here](https://wp.digital-democracy.org/cooperative-ownership-of-data-without-blockchain/).

{% hint style="info" %}
To learn more about additional tools and modules that support use of Mapeo, see [Mapeo repositories](/for-developers/mapeo-repositories) in the **FOR DEVELOPERS** section.
{% endhint %}


# Peer-to-peer & Mapeo sync

## Mapeo's peer-to-peer database <a href="#peer-to-peer-database" id="peer-to-peer-database"></a>

Unlike traditional apps where all the data is stored on a central server (in the cloud or in an office), the Mapeo database is integrated into the application on your device, and every device (smartphone or computer) participating in your project can have a copy of all the data. This is called a peer-to-peer database. We made this choice so that Mapeo can work entirely offline and does not require the user to set up any database or machine for storing data.

This peer-to-peer database allows users to transfer data to other users in the field without internet, and several users with computers or smartphones can all work on the same dataset and share edits.

### **Main characteristics:**

* **Data ownership and control**\
  Data collected with Mapeo is stored directly on the devices used for data collection and can be shared with other smartphones or computers that participate in the same project. This way, the information does not exist solely on one device. No one else, not even us, has access to this data. Mapeo users are the owners of the information collected and have total control over it. In other words, your data stays in your team, in your community. To learn more about the embedded database Mapeo is built on, see the [Mapeo tools](/overview/about-mapeo/mapeo-tools#mapeo-core) section.<br>
* **Peer-to-peer data sharing**\
  All devices connected to a peer-to-peer network can have the same hierarchical position within the network. Information is shared directly between different devices using a synchronization process in which each device receives and shares data. Two Mapeo devices can sync with each other at a time, and devices must be part of the same project (ie. using same [configuration](/complete-reference-guide/will-mapeo-work-out-of-the-box-for-me/default-configuration#about-configurations)) to sync with one another. All devices that synchronize end up having the same information, and changes made on one device will be reflected on the other devices after syncing.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Ff0Y8XqMSDEDDAO6xKoSM%2Fimage.png?alt=media\&token=a5227e28-ed11-4a9b-88e8-a2abacbb225b)<br>

* **Offline synchronization**\
  Through synchronization, users can transfer data to a computer or smartphone in the field completely offline, and several users with computers and smartphones can all work on the same dataset and share edits. Offline synchronization between smartphones and computers is currently done via Wi-Fi. You can create a Wi-Fi network in the field using a cheap ($25) mobile router or a third device capable of serving as an offline hotspot. **The Wi-Fi network does not need to have to have an internet connection.** Mapeo computers can also synchronize offline using a generated sync file.\
  ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fljub6VOnyG08g4ahUKV7%2Fimage.png?alt=media\&token=c19de825-f9e5-46c1-b492-506fffdd555b)

* **Requires a sync protocol**\
  We strongly encourage having a methodical [synchronization protocol](/complete-reference-guide/essentials-for-a-successful-mapeo-project/creating-user-protocols) for devices within your project to guarantee that all data is included in the shared database and no data is lost along the way. For all the information collected in a project to be present on the different devices, it is essential to plan how, when, and where the synchronization process between devices will occur. This is especially important in projects where participants work in distant places and do not coincide with other members of their team on a regular basis.<br>

* **Data back-up**\
  By synchronizing systematically and on a regular basis with other devices, you ensure that there is a back-up copy of all data. If a device in your project is lost, you can synchronize a new device with another device in the project to restore the data. **Any data that has not been synchronized with other devices will not have a backup.**\
  ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FM8MEWcIzPwq9jquxcxPG%2Fgif%20test%205.gif?alt=media\&token=6664a4d8-0a69-4220-996e-e6a55a57a320)


# How Mapeo is being used

Mapeo is currently being used by a variety of communities around the globe to support territory mapping and monitoring efforts. Below are a few examples. For more detailed case studies, partner stories and information about other tool for mapping and monitoring, check out our [Earth Defenders Toolkit](https://www.earthdefenderstoolkit.com) website.

### **Environmental Monitoring in Peru**

![Community monitors from Puerto Luz, Madre de Dios learn to use Mapeo to document unregulated gold mining encroaching on their community. June 2019](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FTapAKeXUFtTjLAigHuXv%2Fimage.png?alt=media\&token=b6863b81-4712-4e49-8592-009be2f03980)

> Indigenous Community monitors working within [ECA Amarakaeri in South East Peru are using Mapeo Mobile and Desktop](https://www.earthdefenderstoolkit.com/community/monitoring-the-amarakaeri-communal-reserve-in-peru/) as part of a co-management program of a Reserved area. Together with park rangers, they collect data on illegal gold mining and other impacts to the Reserve and use these for internal decision making and action as well as sharing with the authorities for any illegalities to be addressed.

### **Territory Mapping in Kenya**

![Ogiek Indigenous People of Mount Elgon learning to use Mapeo to map their land. Credit: Chepkitale Indigenous Peoples Development Project](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FXaecqX4iopLqGpJqU0tO%2Fimage.png?alt=media\&token=856b308b-f54e-44b4-a107-9e59ace1c248)

> The [Ogiek Indigenous People of Mount Elgon are using Mapeo Mobile and Desktop to map important sites](https://www.digital-democracy.org/blog/mapping-ogiek-ancestral-lands-in-kenya-using-mapeo-during-a-pandemic/) on their lands as part of a historical land claim.

### **Ancestral Mapping in Ecuador**

![The Siekopai in Northern Ecuador using Mapeo to gather knowledge from elders before mapping their ancestral lands in Lagarto Cocha (with Alianza Ceibo and Amazon Frontlines).](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FPBZbUt2jrqZ5RXqJjzn6%2Fimage.png?alt=media\&token=128cd8a2-8f65-4d85-aab3-8256c5fd0a1c)

> The Siekopai people of Northern Ecuador used Mapeo Desktop in their villages to explore satellite imagery of their ancestral lands with the elders, and document stories associated with lakes and old settlements. [Watch video](https://vimeo.com/175900565).

### **Disaster-Risk Management for Climate-Vulnerable Populations in Thailand**

![Mapeo users in Krabi. Photo by Raks Thai Foundation, Krabi Office, under CC BY-SA 4.0.](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FJCpbNIbizyqKq8nNz1LI%2Fimage.png?alt=media\&token=a4263a7b-31d2-4692-b751-3456da73f2c1)

> Village health volunteers in coastal Thailand are using Mapeo to collect data on vulnerable people, to ensure they can receive immediate and targeted help in case of natural disaster.


# Is Mapeo right for me?

There are many tools and pieces of software that you could use for making maps and collecting data. Mapeo was designed to meet the needs of specific users, who:

* are collecting data in primarily offline environments
* often have limited previous experience with technology
* are working collaboratively on mapping or monitoring projects and using shared data sets
* want ownership over their data and the power to decide if and when data is shared with external actors or centralized servers
* have specific data collection requirements
* want to view and gather information in their native languages
* need a tool that is free to use

Mapeo may not be the right tool for all projects. When evaluating whether Mapeo will be a good choice, we encourage you to try out the tools (see the [Quick Start Guide](/quick-start-guide/getting-started)) and please keep in mind the following:&#x20;

* **Equipment requirements**\
  Mapeo Mobile is currently available for **Android only**. (An iOS version is in development for 2022.) Mapeo Desktop works on Windows, Mac and Linux machines.\
  \
  Mapeo Mobile uses Wi-Fi networks to synchronize data between devices. To synchronize data with Mapeo Mobile in offline areas, you will need a portable router (this does not require an internet connection) or a third device capable of creating a local network offline or hotspot. <br>
* **Peer-to-peer architecture**\
  The Mapeo tools are based on a peer-to-peer database, which means there is no centralized server aggregating information collected by users. Two devices that are participating in the same Mapeo project can synchronize or exchange data at a time.\
  \
  Synchronized devices have identical copies of the Mapeo database and can serve as backups if a device is lost or damaged. **Please note that data that has not been synchronized will not have a backup.**  For more details on peer-to-peer architecture and syncing, see [Peer-to-peer & Mapeo sync](/overview/about-mapeo/peer-to-peer-and-mapeo-sync).\
  \
  It is important to think through in advance how the participating users or devices in your project will share information, as there are a variety of possible synchronizing patterns. For more on this, see [Creating user protocols](/complete-reference-guide/essentials-for-a-successful-mapeo-project/creating-user-protocols).<br>
* **Customization and required technical skills**\
  Mapeo comes with out-of-the box options that can be used right away, without any customization. To learn more about whether these default options will work for your project, see [Will Mapeo work out-of-the-box for me?](/complete-reference-guide/will-mapeo-work-out-of-the-box-for-me)\
  \
  Mapeo was also built to be highly customizable and allow users to adapt its interface to meet the needs of specific projects. Mapeo is currently available in many languages and can easily be translated into new ones.\
  \
  Adapting Mapeo to use custom categories, icons, questions and background maps currently requires significant technical knowledge and will not be accessible to all users. If you believe customization will be necessary for your project, please consult the section on [Customization options](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options) to determine whether your team has the required technical skills.<br>
* **Security**\
  As an offline-first, peer-to-peer set of tools, Mapeo can offer a path for data collection and exchange with fewer technological vulnerabilities than other available tools.\
  \
  However, the use of any technology can introduce new security concerns and risks. Before choosing to use Mapeo or other alternatives, we strongly encourage reviewing the section on [Security & risk assessment](/complete-reference-guide/essentials-for-a-successful-mapeo-project/security-and-risk-assessment).

#### Alternative tools

If Mapeo doesn't seem like the right fit for your needs, check out the **Toolfinder** on our [Earth Defenders Toolkit ](https://www.earthdefenderstoolkit.com/toolfinder/)site to learn more about other tools for territory mapping and monitoring.


# FAQs

Frequently asked questions about Mapeo.

{% hint style="info" %}
For help with technical issues using Mapeo, see the [Troubleshooting](/complete-reference-guide/troubleshooting) section.
{% endhint %}

* [Who made Mapeo?](#who-made-mapeo)
* [Is Mapeo free to use?](#is-mapeo-free-to-use)
* [What kind of data can Mapeo collect?](#what-kind-of-data-can-mapeo-collect)
* [What languages is Mapeo available in?](#what-languages-is-mapeo-available-in)
* [Is Mapeo Mobile available for iOS?](#is-mapeo-mobile-available-for-ios)
* [Do I need to customize Mapeo to use it?](#do-i-need-to-customize-mapeo-to-use-it)
* [How does Mapeo work offline?](#how-does-mapeo-work-offline)
* [Does Mapeo use a Blockchain?](#does-mapeo-use-a-blockchain)
* [Who will have access to my data?](#who-will-have-access-to-my-data)
* [Does Mapeo collect information on users?](#does-mapeo-collect-information-on-users)
* [What happens if Mapeo loses financial support? Will my data be inaccessible?](#what-happens-if-mapeo-loses-financial-support-will-my-data-be-inaccessible)
* [Can you help me deploy Mapeo?](#can-you-help-me-deploy-mapeo)
* [How can I report bugs or problems using Mapeo?](#how-can-i-report-bugs-or-problems-using-mapeo)

## Who made Mapeo?

Mapeo was built by [**Digital Democracy**](https://www.digital-democracy.org) in close collaboration with Indigenous partners in the Amazon who are on the front lines of defending their rights and territories.\
\
Digital Democracy is a non-profit organization that works in solidarity with marginalized communities to use technology to defend their rights. For more information on Digital Democracy and our partners, visit [our website](https://www.digital-democracy.org).

## Is Mapeo free to use?

Yes, all Mapeo tools and features are free to install and use.

## What kind of data can Mapeo collect?

With <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FBnlXQiDXSUwl79ooRjRE%2FMm-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=3235ef71-9f29-4ab3-89f0-4a605d81c8e6" alt="" data-size="line"> **Mapeo Mobile**, you can collect geographic points to mark your current location, and add associated photos, description, and details. Users assign each point collected to a category. Check out the [Mapeo Mobile Quick Start Guide](/quick-start-guide/mapeo-mobile) to see an overview of mobile data collection.

With <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FFAdFfIFGpMRnNzVDcK6i%2FMd-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=f55b5fc0-8c3c-42e4-ad1b-02b2aa4a7889" alt="" data-size="line"> **Mapeo Desktop** Territory mode, you can create points, lines and areas (polygons) on a map and add an associated category, description, and details.

For more on Mapeo's default categories and details fields, see [Default configuration](/complete-reference-guide/will-mapeo-work-out-of-the-box-for-me/default-configuration). To learn about customizing these options, see [Custom configurations](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations).

## What languages is Mapeo available in?

Mapeo is currently available in over 8 languages, including:

* English
* Spanish
* Portuguese

Mapeo can be translated into additional languages on [Crowdin](https://crowdin.com/). For more information, see [Translating Mapeo & default configurations](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/translating)

## Is Mapeo Mobile available for iOS?

Mapeo Mobile is currently available for Android only. It is on our roadmap to release a version for iOS in the future.

## Do I need to customize Mapeo to use it?

When you install Mapeo, it comes with default options that can be used right away, without any customization. To learn more about whether these options will work for you, see [Will Mapeo work out-of-the-box for me?](/complete-reference-guide/will-mapeo-work-out-of-the-box-for-me)

Some projects may require customization of data fields or background maps in order to best meet the needs of the project or context. Customization currently requires some technical skills. For more on customization options and technical requirements, see [Customization options](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options).

## How does Mapeo work offline?

Mapeo is built on an embedded peer-to-peer database, so all data collected with Mapeo is stored directly on your device, with no need for an internet connection or centralized server. Users of Mapeo Mobile and Mapeo Desktop can synchronize or exchange data over a local Wi-Fi network. The data never leaves your local Wi-Fi network and does not require an internet connection. Mapeo Desktop can also exchange information via a synchronization file using a USB drive.

For more on how Mapeo stores and synchronizes data, see [Peer-to-peer & Mapeo sync](/overview/about-mapeo/peer-to-peer-and-mapeo-sync).

## Does Mapeo use a Blockchain? <a href="#does-mapeo-use-a-blockchain" id="does-mapeo-use-a-blockchain"></a>

Mapeo uses secure peer-to-peer technology with a distributed ledger, which does not include a public blockchain or consensus.

Public blockchains are designed for a scenario where public transactions must be mediated between participants which are all potentially malicious. These “trustless” transactions are the key assumption of a blockchain that distinguishes it from peer-to-peer technology.

Applications like Mapeo assume that data is managed by the community generating it - and **some of that data may never be publicly accessible.** Mapeo's approach, in contrast, creates a closed group, where data creators are also data stewards, managing their own data and controlling who has access. We take security seriously and maintain protections from third-party attacks such as targeted hacks and surveillance by third-parties. For users of Mapeo, privacy is critical for protecting their ancestral knowledge and environmental monitoring information until it’s ready to be shared with trusted partners.

For more information, [read this blog post](https://wp.digital-democracy.org/cooperative-ownership-of-data-without-blockchain/) and [this paper from Article 19](https://www.article19.org/resources/blockchain-technology-alone-cannot-protect-freedom-of-expression) about why blockchain is not a recommended tool for human rights and freedom of expression.

## Who will have access to my data?

Mapeo was designed to be an offline-first set of tools that centers data sovereignty for its users. That means that the data you collect with Mapeo will only exist on the device it is collected or created with until you choose to share it with other Mapeo project participants or external actors. The data you create will never be stored on external servers or shared with app maintainers or other actors, unless you choose to send it or enable and use Web sync options through Mapeo.&#x20;

## Does Mapeo collect information on users?

Mapeo collects only basic, anonymized statistics for debugging, designing and understanding to what extent the applications are being used.

## What happens if Mapeo loses financial support? **Will my data be inaccessible?** <a href="#what-happens-if-mapeo-loses-financial-support-will-my-data-be-inaccessible" id="what-happens-if-mapeo-loses-financial-support-will-my-data-be-inaccessible"></a>

Mapeo is built with long-term sustainability as a focus. This goes beyond financial sustainability - we ensure that no single entity or technology is responsible for data storage or access.

Mapeo does not lock your data into a particular data format. You can easily move your data around, and it is kept in its original form. Mapeo Desktop can export data to [SMART](http://smartconservationtools.org/download/), Shapefile, CSV, and GeoJSON. You'll never be locked into using Mapeo software. For more on export options, see [Exporting data & sharing externally](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/exporting-and-sharing-externally).

## Can you help me deploy Mapeo?

There is a community of active users and maintainers of Mapeo that participate in our public chat channel on [Discord](https://discord.gg/KWRFDh3v73) and on our [Earth Defenders Toolkit Forum](https://forum.earthdefenderstoolkit.com/). We encourage you to consult these spaces for additional tips and ideas on how people are using Mapeo.

Digital Democracy's core team is very small and we have limited capacity to provide direct accompaniment for implementing Mapeo outside of our existing partnerships. In some cases we are able to offer support. To read more about the way we work with partners and different levels of support, see [here](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1c9C1-6v1EHKnfrYDsBn3VNu5qS_pUNMC/view?usp=sharing).

## How can I report bugs or problems using Mapeo?

There is community of active users and maintainers of Mapeo that participate in our public chat channel on Discord. To join the conversation or seek help on technical issues, you can [access the channel here](https://discord.gg/KWRFDh3v73).


# Getting started

The **Quick Start Guide** is intended to help you install and test the basic, out-of-the-box functionality of Mapeo in order to evaluate whether it will be a good fit. This section will not touch on all features or customization of the tools.

The [**Complete Reference Guide**](/complete-reference-guide/welcome) below includes critical information about how to design and implement a project using Mapeo as well as detailed guides for setup and customization of the tools. We recommend using it for starting a new initiative or as a training reference.


# Mapeo Mobile

## Install

To install Mapeo Mobile on your Android device,[ download the latest version on Google Play​](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.mapeo\&hl=en_US). ​You can also [download the app as an APK ](https://apk.mapeo.app/latest/)and install it manually on your phone. ​For more on installation, see [Installing Mapeo Mobile](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/installing-mapeo-mobile).

## Collect data

You collect data with Mapeo Mobile in the form of *observations*. An observation is based on a geographic location (a point on the map) and can have associated photos, notes and details.&#x20;

To create a new observation, tap the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FKt7XSPfl9wrkCyzU6ODe%2Fcreate_observation.png?alt=media&amp;token=2ba2b5c3-8d92-4cfd-9823-ba6ea8923b9c" alt="" data-size="line"> **Create observation** button, then select a category.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FUiprlkojcACH4nmVogXT%2FCreate_observation_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=c54825dc-9d2a-4c20-bbc5-73cc1fa763fe) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHhaRAR7erw5ltWsD8Bg1%2FCategories_screen.jpg?alt=media\&token=ac8a5697-8b16-4a73-ada6-5fed3e8a18ad)

Add a description, photos and details, then tap the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FcnhddBdhtlMuGSVKUARK%2Fapp_icons_save_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=dc9bbfff-0e90-4bae-b6cc-3800a8e551c3" alt="" data-size="line"> **Save** button.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FMHv0sH46o8jgtCMZQZ2o%2FSave%20observation.jpg?alt=media\&token=9c2b897f-acad-459b-9ca6-773e9c73dbe2)

## View observations

Each observation will be marked on the map with a dot. Observations can also be viewed in list form by tapping the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FePeKKh1lMNl1CF7Emg5W%2Fapp%20icons_observation-list_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=1c312590-3e62-4bbb-8486-9d9c337625e8" alt="" data-size="line"> **Observations list** button.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FOWtJgqauOYPa6VPTbqnv%2FObservations_list_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=b1cc1533-fb24-4666-aa63-001ac550803a) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FOS9epqIPgPenpeEG6JLd%2FObservations_list_screen.jpg?alt=media\&token=c799c0ec-c4e7-480f-a8a4-b953672c44e4)

Tap on an observation from the map or list to view its details.

## Edit an observation

With the details of an observation open, tap the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F5CX3nlwlhAczCQTJMpNt%2Fapp_icons_edit_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=86bf857b-570d-451f-8a6d-ebb88f493598" alt="" data-size="line"> **Edit** button to make changes.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FyHdrOeUQ7B6ExfEHw4Ln%2FEdit_observation_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=68ec6481-f1be-43de-983f-52f17fe9f4a5)

## Share data externally

Tap on the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FGr58X7ounwbPqTVrIBfp%2Fapp_icons_share_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=38bf5420-efcf-427a-a837-f0d9eefcca55" alt="" data-size="line"> **Share observation** button to send the details of a single observation to a contact outside of Mapeo using one of the communications apps installed on your phone (WhatsApp, Signal, Email, etc.).

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FVG5Nd0RdpO6900seFa5K%2FShare_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=53bbe611-005f-4c6b-816c-4d7d33080965)

## Delete an observation

Tap the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FwMtxqtt4KljVxkQhQIKJ%2Fapp%20icons_Delete-trash.png?alt=media&amp;token=7f1a4311-fd70-4c77-a3fc-b412822dd95b" alt="" data-size="line"> **Delete** button to delete an observation and its associated media.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FANbCYNuqh9QtcULfahKJ%2FDelete_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=f58c8621-598f-49fa-b046-71042d127045)

{% hint style="warning" %}
Deleting observations cannot be undone, so exercise caution when using delete.
{% endhint %}

## Synchronize data

Mapeo Mobile allows you to synchronize data with other Mapeo users that are participants of the same project. During synchronization, ALL data from one device will be sent to the other device and vice versa. For more on synchronization, see: [Peer-to-peer & Mapeo sync](/overview/about-mapeo/peer-to-peer-and-mapeo-sync).

To synchronize data between 2 Mapeo Mobile devices that are near each other:

1. Connect both devices to the same Wi-Fi network. (You do not need to have an internet connection.)
2. Tap the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FSn1FbGF79VfE9wgQYQOE%2Fapp_icons_Sync_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=401d7926-1a00-4ecb-a87e-9c0b0ebf52f6" alt="" data-size="line"> **Synchronize** button on both devices.
3. On the **Synchronize** screen, identify the device you wish to synchronize with in the list and tap the **Sync** button beside its name.
4. Keep the **Synchronize** screen open on both devices until the synchronization has completed.

   <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FoYMWNY2sfaw8yJMGRTVw%2FSync_screen_button.jpg?alt=media&amp;token=be6828ea-6f22-46ab-a3e9-e30b0c36de8e" alt="" data-size="original"><img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F0U9Ofz50ysMejZczbjlQ%2FSync_screen_mobile_sync_button.jpg?alt=media&amp;token=f2307915-d835-4c1d-8e41-72f8153bf963" alt="" data-size="original">

{% hint style="info" %}
For detailed instructions on how to use all features of Mapeo Mobile, see below sections in the Complete Reference Guide:

[Mapeo Mobile installation & setup](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup)

[Mapeo Mobile use](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-use)
{% endhint %}


# Mapeo Desktop

## Install

Download Mapeo Desktop from the [Mapeo website](https://www.digital-democracy.org/mapeo/) and double click the file to launch the installer. For more on installation, see [Installing Mapeo Desktop](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-installation-setup/installing-mapeo-desktop).

## Mapeo Desktop for managing Mapeo Mobile data (Observations mode)

**Observations** mode in Mapeo Desktop is designed for viewing, managing and exporting data collected with Mapeo Mobile. The steps below will cover the basics for testing **Observations** mode.

{% hint style="info" %}
For more detailed instructions and information on how to use Mapeo Desktop for creating territory data (**Territory** mode), see the Complete Reference Guide section on [Mapeo Desktop use](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use).
{% endhint %}

## Synchronize Mapeo Mobile data

To get started, synchronize collected data from a Mapeo Mobile device. To synchronize via Wi-Fi, as detailed below, the Mapeo Mobile and Mapeo Desktop devices must be near each other.

### Connect to Wi-Fi

Make sure both the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FBnlXQiDXSUwl79ooRjRE%2FMm-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=3235ef71-9f29-4ab3-89f0-4a605d81c8e6" alt="" data-size="line"> **Mapeo Mobile** device and the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FFAdFfIFGpMRnNzVDcK6i%2FMd-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=f55b5fc0-8c3c-42e4-ad1b-02b2aa4a7889" alt="" data-size="line"> **Mapeo Desktop** device are connected to the same Wi-Fi network. (An internet connection is not required.)

### Enter Synchronize mode

In <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FBnlXQiDXSUwl79ooRjRE%2FMm-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=3235ef71-9f29-4ab3-89f0-4a605d81c8e6" alt="" data-size="line"> **Mapeo Mobile**, tap the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FSn1FbGF79VfE9wgQYQOE%2Fapp_icons_Sync_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=401d7926-1a00-4ecb-a87e-9c0b0ebf52f6" alt="" data-size="line"> **Synchronize** button to enter the **Synchronize** screen.\
\
![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FoYMWNY2sfaw8yJMGRTVw%2FSync_screen_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=be6828ea-6f22-46ab-a3e9-e30b0c36de8e)

In <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FFAdFfIFGpMRnNzVDcK6i%2FMd-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=f55b5fc0-8c3c-42e4-ad1b-02b2aa4a7889" alt="" data-size="line"> **Mapeo Desktop**, click on **Synchronize** in the **Mapeo modes** panel.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FeVDEfogCDZh0tSqR1mAw%2FMd_Synchronize_mode.jpg?alt=media\&token=c8afe1d9-c6bf-430d-b094-ecf23d16d0bc)

### Start synchronization

On the Mapeo Desktop **Synchronize** screen, identify the mobile device you would like to synchronize with and click on the **Synchronize** <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FWE5xdxyFxmmkWizNBgu0%2Fmapeo-icon-sync-black-%403x.png?alt=media&amp;token=d52f80db-d229-4ec6-9265-e2bd1fd0da67" alt="" data-size="line"> button below its name.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FaZozJEDbEf7emc7HUGIW%2FMd_Synchronize_mode_sync_with_mobile.jpg?alt=media\&token=aef9f15b-e6a8-4dd9-a4e9-ebe740468019)

{% hint style="warning" %}
**IMPORTANT**: Keep the **Synchronize** screen open on BOTH devices until the synchronization is complete. Interrupting the sync process can result in permanently corrupted data.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
In order to synchronize, Mapeo devices must be connected to the **same Wi-Fi network**, and using the **same project configuration**.

For more detailed instructions on synchronizing in Mapeo Desktop, see [Synchronizing data](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/syncing-data).
{% endhint %}

## View observations

To view synchronized data, click on **Observations** in the **Mapeo modes** panel.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FTsEMQQTLYWqlwXmf12z3%2FMd_Observations_mode.jpg?alt=media\&token=0a1ec8e8-056f-4d49-9bd1-76f314c63660)

### Map view

By default, observations are displayed as dots on a map. Click on an individual dot to view the details of that observation.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FTgtv9r0Am8Z7sYtSPd4Z%2FMd_map_hover.jpg?alt=media\&token=f20d97b6-15e0-4fa9-b706-726a70cd828e)

### Media view

To view observations as a gallery of images, click on **Media** in the **Toolbar** above the map. Click on an individual image to view the details of that observation.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F5IwpW8HEVOwpWASrBvPD%2FMd_media_view_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=1cb86a51-4d35-46a6-b83b-47af406b4308)

### **Report view**

To view observations in the form of a report, click on **Report** in the **Toolbar.**

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FqjaU5VMO9Ub6EZkKhK0U%2FMd_report_view_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=c771e6f8-7aaa-46a3-9bf3-edfe3457c864)

## **Filter observations**

To look at a subset of your observations in **Map**, **Media** or **Report** view, use the **Filter** panel to select a specific data range, a subset of categories, or specific data values from details fields.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F9nZTcTZghwJ9p1z9mOIO%2FMd_Filter_panel.jpg?alt=media\&token=52926905-84a6-4670-b0f9-d0428c104fc6)

## **Edit observations**

From **Map** or **Media** view, click on a dot or image to view the full details of the corresponding observation. From **Report** view, use the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F1RYnWLh8jHaDB16UsSVs%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=fe98ba22-fd05-4a32-ada0-012c7183c6f8" alt="" data-size="line"> **EDIT** button in the grey toolbar to open the details of the observation shown in the current page of the report.

With the observation details open, click on a field to add or edit information. Click **SAVE** to save changes.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FBTY33PQOXAn3GoLZXY6r%2FMd_edit_observation.jpg?alt=media\&token=bdad316d-0a1b-4fee-884e-15f2ca8f63cf)

{% hint style="info" %}
In Mapeo Desktop you cannot modify the creation date, category type or geographic location of an observation.
{% endhint %}

## Delete observations

To delete an observation, open the observation details and click on the<img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FCV8F04U64BeFw457o4oB%2FThree%20dots%20menu.png?alt=media&amp;token=ebffe98c-6b40-4864-a4ff-5a5dff94c89f" alt="" data-size="line">**More options** menu. Select **Delete observation** and confirm deletion in the pop-up window.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FQqA4VvxDrInCDc5m7DPW%2FMd_edit_observation_more_options.jpg?alt=media\&token=275d0e49-b904-4141-9163-eba777ecadf5)

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Deleting observations cannot be undone, so exercise caution when using delete.**

By deleting observations, you will permanently remove them from your device and all devices you synchronize data with in the future. For more on synchronization, see [Peer-to-peer & Mapeo sync](/overview/about-mapeo/peer-to-peer-and-mapeo-sync)
{% endhint %}

## Export data

Data can be exported to multiple formats from **Observations** mode in Mapeo Desktop. Basic export instructions are included below.

* [Save as PDF Report](#save-as-pdf-report)
* [Export to GeoJSON, CSV, or SMART CSV](#export-to-geojson-csv-or-smart-csv)
* [Export as Web Map](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/exporting-and-sharing-externally#export-as-web-map) (In Complete Reference Guide)

{% hint style="info" %}
For more details on Mapeo export formats and process, see [Exporting data & sharing externally](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/exporting-and-sharing-externally) in the Complete Reference Guide.
{% endhint %}

### **Save as PDF Report**

To save a PDF report with the observations collected, go to **Report** view. Filter observations if desired using the **Filter** panel. Hide any fields you don't wish to appear by using the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FTFU7xpxxrWSOX6pc8t1K%2Fhide.png?alt=media&amp;token=94f4dbcd-519c-4a1e-86d5-c83e0407a95d" alt="" data-size="line"> **Hide fields** option in the grey panel above the report.\
\
To save, click on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FEnBZRMMkOBfHkh5kqat1%2Ficon-load.png?alt=media&amp;token=aed62001-c138-4fc0-83a5-c7136867d629" alt="" data-size="line">**Save PDF.**

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FcgRlWueZZLmswDeGjevA%2FMd_report_save_pdf.jpg?alt=media\&token=eb4fa0f6-7c10-44cc-9ad2-94b20a0039ce)

### Export to GeoJSON, CSV, or SMART CSV

To export observations to GeoJSON, CSV or SMART CSV format, click on the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Frhk0vOF46kcM3p1qectv%2Fico_export.png?alt=media&amp;token=6f619a1f-6002-490b-bd6f-2118e3462c95" alt="" data-size="line">**Export options** menu at the top right corner of the Mapeo Desktop window.

Select **Export Observations...** then select the desired data format and options in the Export Observations pop-up window. Click **SAVE** to name the export file and choose the location on your computer where it will be saved.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F137F2GiAENI0AWxcqQwO%2FMd_Export_observations_menu.jpg?alt=media\&token=356ed9c3-665a-4915-811c-9a48a7713139)

{% hint style="info" %}
For detailed instructions on all features and uses of Mapeo Desktop, see [Mapeo Desktop use](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use) in the Complete Reference Guide.
{% endhint %}


# Welcome – Introduction

Welcome land defenders, community mappers, resource and impact monitors, data collectors, students, scientists - whoever you are, we hope you have enjoyed playing around with Mapeo using the Quickstart guide above.

If you think that Mapeo might be the right tool for your project, this **Complete** **Reference Guide** is designed to provide you with learning and training materials, suggested workflows, and some examples of real projects in order to help get you set up and using Mapeo in the best possible way for your needs.

There is a LOT of information in the sections below, and there are many different ways of using Mapeo. We don't expect users to make use of every Mapeo feature nor need to read every section, but we do hope that what we are providing here can help users be well informed about technical details that will impact your projects.


# Essentials for a successful Mapeo project

In the pages below you'll find a collection of resources to support in getting a Mapeo project started.&#x20;

* [Planning a Mapeo project](/complete-reference-guide/essentials-for-a-successful-mapeo-project/planning)
* [Security & risk assessment](/complete-reference-guide/essentials-for-a-successful-mapeo-project/security-and-risk-assessment) (Coming soon)
* [Creating user protocols](/complete-reference-guide/essentials-for-a-successful-mapeo-project/creating-user-protocols) (Coming soon)

Additional information on running trainings in Mapeo can be found in [Mapeo trainings](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions).


# Planning a Mapeo project

You may be keen to jump in and get started with data collection, however spending a bit of time upfront thinking through how the project will run, the methodology, team set-up, logistics of gathering data, and how the data collected or created with Mapeo will be used can save you a lot of time and avoid problems and issues later on.

This guide does not aim to give you a blueprint of how to run your project. There are so many different uses of Mapeo, some of these we (Digital Democracy) can imagine, some of them we can't, and each one has its own particular needs, priorities and local contexts. What works in one place might need to be set up very differently for another place, even if the desired outcome is very similar. And likewise what works somewhere at one time, might have to be adjusted for another time as local situations, politics, etc. change.

Hopefully spending time thinking through the questions below will enable you to create a process tailored to your needs and project, and give it the best possible chance of success.

**We are going to run through the following questions:**

* [**Why collect information?**](/complete-reference-guide/essentials-for-a-successful-mapeo-project/planning/why-what-is-the-project-goal) What is the aim of your mapping, monitoring or data collection, what is your goal or desired end product or result?
* [**What outputs do you want?**](/complete-reference-guide/essentials-for-a-successful-mapeo-project/planning/what-outputs-do-you-want) If you already know that you want to build an interactive story map, or produce a quantitative report or file a legal case, this can help shape your project design.
* [**What information do you need to collect in order to meet this aim?**](/complete-reference-guide/essentials-for-a-successful-mapeo-project/planning/what-information-to-collect)
* [**Who should be involved?**](/complete-reference-guide/essentials-for-a-successful-mapeo-project/planning/what-are-your-parameters) What project structure will best meet your aims, who should be involved, what roles do you need, who is making decisions and who are you accountable to?
* [**What are the parameters or limiting factors you are working with?**](/complete-reference-guide/essentials-for-a-successful-mapeo-project/planning/who-is-involved) This refers to your geographical context, infrastructure, accessibility to areas, budgets and equipment availability, time constraints, security risks, etc.
* [**Is Mapeo the right tool for you?** ](/overview/is-mapeo-right-for-me)We think Mapeo is great :) but we know that it has limits and it isn't the right tool for every job. We want to make sure that if you choose Mapeo you understand what it excels at doing and also its weaknesses, to make sure you are set up in the best possible way for success in your project.

### Provisos

Mapeo was co-developed with community land defenders in the Amazon. We have tested, piloted and received feedback on it from people around the world using it for a variety of purposes, and we hope it can serve a wide range of needs. However it is built with the needs of land and rights defenders at its heart, and therefore this guide, and many of the materials produced for Mapeo are also built with these needs at the forefront.

In part because of its design process, and the partners with whom Digital Democracy has worked, we often refer to **community** and **collaborative** processes. Mapeo can definitely also be used by individuals, and a variety of different teams, but many of our partners are using it in local, frontline community contexts, and so the language of this guide centers them. We also understand that communities are not homogenous and mean different things in different places, and hope that you can read between the lines where necessary to extract the useful parts of this guide for whatever it means to you.

This guide draws on work from our team over the last two decades in indigenous and community land rights and defense. However indigenous and marginalized communities have been defending their land for centuries. There are many projects and initiatives from which the development of Mapeo and the methodologies suggested here have been guided, received inspiration and learned. This reference guide does not aim to provide an exhaustive list of such projects, but at the end of the guide there is a Reference Section which highlights some materials from other sources and initiatives which may be of help to you in planning your project.

All the examples included in the guide are just that, examples. We hope they are helpful and provide some context and illustration to the processes described, but are not intended to be taken and copied as 'out of the box' methodologies. As we hope this planning section will describe, context is everything, and methodology should be carefully considered and adapted to best fit the needs of the project and particular community context.


# What is the project goal?

Why collect information? What is the aim of your mapping, monitoring or data collection, what is your goal or desired end product or result?

So you want to start collecting information, perhaps you are going to be making a map, or perhaps you want to collect evidence of impacts on your land or gather other data or information. The first question to clearly ask of yourself or your community is **WHY? What is it that you hope to gain or change or learn through the project?**

The more detailed an answer you can give to this question the better set up you can get; making sure anyone involved in the project is working towards the same goal and being able to determine the best methodology for meeting it.

For example, if you want to make a map – what is your map for, what impact do you want it to have for you, your team, in the world, etc. Perhaps the map is the end product, or perhaps just one step in a longer process, or maybe the main aim is building relationships, and the map is the means to bring people a focus for working together.

**What if you don't know yet?** Perhaps you know you want to gather data about something that interests you but are not yet sure how you are going to use it. Don't worry, you can refine your aim and build on your project as you go along and learn more.

And remember - all plans change and it is impossible to predict everything in advance. There will be unforeseen outcomes, some beneficial, some possibly challenging, of your project. However having your main goal in mind as you begin to plan your methodology and define what information you are going to collect sets you up to meet any challenges, and welcome any positive changes, in the best way.


# What outputs do you want?

It might be too early to start thinking about outputs, but if you already have a sense of what these might be then they might give some useful direction to your planning process. By output we don't mean the goal or results of your project, although these might overlap, we are referring particularly to concrete materials that result from your Mapeo project.

For example these could be:

* **Printed map / maps:** These might be for an external audience such as the government or a legal body, or they might be for the community itself to use for other purposes. If you are planning on creating a map then consider what information you can show on the map - perhaps you spend a long time collecting stores which then are hard to find space for, or you collect so much information that the map is hard to read.
* **Data reports:** You might want to produce regular reports on the data you collect, or wait until the end of your project and then produce a report with all the data or the highlights. Do your reports include quantitative data that you want to analyse and present in a particular way or is it mainly qualitative data that will need editing or compiling before presentation. Thinking about these can help you to organise your teams and data collection so that you have the data when you need it, in the right format.
* **Alerts:** If you are collecting evidence of something that needs fast action then having an alert system built into your methodology could help. Mapeo Mobile can export datapoints to WhatsApp and other apps so you could potentially send alerts of illegalities straight to law enforcers for immediate action.
* **Interactive webmap:** This could be a good output if you are hoping to build a campaign and want to share some of the project with the public or media - or even for your own community such as for an educational or storytelling resource. It also enables different kinds of information to be present than on a printed map as you can include videos and audio more easily. However it may involve a level of technical expertise or budget beyond the scope of your project, and it is definitely not the right output for every goal.

***


# What information to collect?

When you have clarified the main goal for the project, the next step is to think through carefully what data you want to collect or create. This will not just be dependent upon the final goal, but also on other factors such as the time and funding available, the security situation, and any legal guidelines. So it may be a good idea to read this section again after reading the "What are your parameters" section.

Depending on your needs and capacity you may find that the default configuration and categories that come with Mapeo do the job well enough, or you might want to set up a custom configuration with your own icons and questions tailored to your specific needs. For more on how to do this, see [Creating custom configurations](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations)**.** Perhaps, if your project is new and you are still figuring out what is needed, you may want to start collecting data using the default configurations, and learn from that process about what categories and questions you really need.

The simple answer to the question of what information to collect is probably quite obvious from your goal, but when you dig down the answer isn't always that easy. So if you need a territory map for a land claim then you probably need to collect information about territory use, as well as the territory boundaries or limits - but exactly what information do you need, what format should it be in, how much detail do you need, etc. And if you want to collect evidence of illegal gold mining, then you may want to collect georeferenced photos and answer a series of questions about the scale and nature of any impacts found, but what is the best way of framing questions to get you the answers your community and perhaps legal team need to evaluate what is going on and how to take action, and what should you be taking photos of exactly?

Collecting data can be a time-consuming and expensive process, and can raise expectations about outcomes. So thinking this through carefully in advance will help ensure you are a) not wasting your own or others time and resources collecting information that isn't going to be useful and b) not in the situation where you realize at the end of a month-long trip that you need to go back to all the places again because you forgot to collect a crucial bit of data.

Think about the following questions to further clarify exactly what data you should be gathering and how to set up any custom configurations:

* **First think about your goal** and what you know of your needs. Brainstorm with any other team members or with the community about all the possible things you could collect information about, categories and questions, and then start organizing and refining.
* **If possible do some research by talking to allies**, or looking online to see how other similar projects were set up and what data they collected.
* **Are there any rules, restrictions or guidelines** that might determine the kind of information you collect and how to ensure it is usable. For example some governments/authorities might require data to be collected in a particular GPS format, or follow a particular information template, in order to be accepted or easily acted upon.
* **Might the data need to be used in a legal process**, if so there may be specific ways of collecting it, or additional questions you ask, which will enable it to be used more effectively. If possible get local legal advice about this, as it will differ depending on the type of data and the country you are in.
* **Knowing how much information is too much**. Once you start making a map or collecting information it quite fun... maybe a little too fun 🙂. If you have all the time in the world then this may not be a problem, but if people or lands are being threatened you may need to make compromises in terms limiting the data you collect to that which is urgently needed.


# Data types within Mapeo

There are two types of data that Mapeo stores in its database located on devices.

**Mapping data** is meant for generating data for map making or baseline territory information. Mapeo Mapping data can only be viewed, edited and exported with Mapeo Desktop in Territory view. Data collected using Mapeo mobile of GPS devices can be used as precise references for creating new mapping objects. Mapeo mapping data It stores the following information

* **Geometry:** Determines if the map object is a point, a line, or an area.
* **Coordinates:** (specific formate?)
* **Category:** A user selects from a list of categories each with a predefined name, icon, predefined tags and details fields
  * **Icons:** Visible in Mapeo Desktop Territory when creating and viewing Mapping data.
  * **Tags**: These are additional values to the predefined tags packaged in each category
  * **Details** (optional): User filled fields that relate specifically to a category that may help with consistant quality of information
* **Date time of last edit:** This information is appended to each object as a log of changes that get's saved a the end of a mapping editing session for decentralized data consolidation.

&#x20;

**Observation Data** is meant to capture time based information at a specific coordinate with options to add photos and details captured in the field. Observations can only be created using Mapeo Mobile. Observation data can only be viewed, and edited in both Mapeo Mobile and Mapeo Desktop Observations, and each tool offers unique share and export options to output observation data. Mapeo Observation data stores the following information:

* **Geometry:** Observations are always captured as points, to replicate objective human observation when visiting a point of interest.
* **Coordinates:** Available in various formats for data collection. on Mapeo Mobile coordinates are captures automatically using the devices location detection hardware. Mapeo Mobile features include capturing the most precise GPS reading possible when device location is turned on. There is also a manual coordinate entry option is GPS precicion is low or unavailable. Coordinates cannot be edited after capture.
* **GPS metadata**: For forensic varilfication, GPS metadata including altutudem velocity and precision is in each observation captured with the devices GPS features. This information is currently not visible in the user interface.
* **Category:** A user selects from a list of categories each with a predefined name, icon, tags and details fields. These elements are packaged in each category and bases on common user needs. These can be customized \[link]
  * **Icons:** Visible in Mapeo Mobile when creating observations and on observation viewing screens. Visible on Mapeo Desktop Observations in Report view
  * **Tags**: These are predefined tags packaged in each category. This information is currently not visible in the user interface.
  * **Details** (optional): User filled fields that relate specifically to a category that may help with consistant quality of information. In customized configurations add any number of questionscan be added for field surveys to collect quantitative information or evidence. Your questions can be text fields for open descriptions; select one or select multiple from a predefined list of options.&#x20;
* **Date time of creation:** This information is fundamental to an observation and differenciates it from mapping data as time based data. In both Mapeo Mobile and Mapeo desktop observation data will displayed by Date/time of creation with newest first.&#x20;
* **Date time of last edit:** This information is appended to each observation as a log of changes for decentralized data consolidation.
* **Photos**:  (optional) Stil images can be captured by the Mapeo Mobile camera which automatically links the media files to the observation. \[is any GPS or camera metadata attached to photos?]


# Who should be involved and how?

What team structure will best meet your aims; who should be involved, what roles do you need; who is making decisions and who are you accountable to?

The answer to this question of who should be involved could vary wildly. Perhaps it is just you and your mobile phone, or perhaps it is going to involve thousands of people across multiple countries working together to compile a mass of data. Most of the partners we have worked with directly are somewhere in between, often a community or group of communities with a dedicated team of collaborating to collect data.

However even the projects we have partnered on directly, which might look superficially very similar, have set up their project structures in very different ways, sometimes out of need and sometimes out of preference. So here are some things to consider.

**Are there any traditional or other authorities that should be consulted before you start, or who should be involved in some role?** This is particularly relevant if you are collecting data from indigenous lands (your own or belonging to others) and/or might be collecting potentially sensitive data.

**Who is your project accountable to and how can you ensure you meet their needs?** The answer to this might be the traditional authorities mentioned above, or it could be particular sectors of your community, funders, the future generations or others. Consider how to keep them up to date with project progress if relevant and how to produce materials they will find accessible and useful.

**Do different members of your community hold different knowledge that you want to ensure is represented. How can you honour and involve these people and their knowledge?** Think here about women, elders and young people in particular, and how to ensure they are involved in the work and that they are not simply used to extract information from. Then depending upon the details of your project other groups might arise: traditional healers; skilled artisans; storytellers; health workers etc.

**Consider the ownership of the project:** If the project is meeting needs identified by your community, or collecting data intrinsic to them or their future consider how to ensure the community feels involved in the work and feels ownership over any results. Mapeo was built to try and facilitate community ownership of both projects and data by having a simple interface that could be explained to people without data collection training and people who might be non-literate or unused to computers or smartphones. Involving people at different stages of the project, including the planning phase can help increase this feeling of ownership, as can keeping the data locally, providing frequent feedback and reports back on what is happening, and creating outputs that people can use themselves or see at work.

**What other stakeholders or people with interest or authority do you want to involve?** Perhaps there are people who it would be useful to involve because they could help the project reach its goal such as local authorities, law enforcement, press, park rangers. Think about what role they might have in the project, whether they are consulted about things in advance or are simply informed and kept up to date with project progress. Consider too if there are people you want to keep the work and data secret from due to security or other considerations.

**Who is going to collect your data?** Unless yours is a solo project you are going to need to work with a team or teams of people to collect your data. This will be particularly necessary if you need to cover a large area of land, have time constraints or need different skills on your team. Think about the composition of the team and how you are going to build it - is it something people will volunteer for or will they be asked? Do you need to ensure diverse representation and if so how will you do this? Do you want to involve as many people as possible or have a small team that moves around?

**What other roles do you need?** If you are working with a team or teams of data collectors or mappers you are likely to need someone to coordinate them, help plan trips, collate the data they collect, analyse it and prepare any reports or outputs. This might be the role of a single coordinator, or you might need multiple ones due to the number of people involved or because of cultural or political sensitivities or the way the project ownership is set up. You might also have people involved in training, decision making, liaising with external bodies, helping with legal and communications work etc.

**What skills do people need?** We hope Mapeo is to learn and use, but if you are working in a team and want to collect comparable data people will need some training in how to use the app, and how to use it in the way your project needs. There might be other trainings necessary such as training in basic smartphone usage if people aren't accustomed to it; training in taking good photographs that illustrate what you want to show; training in gps; drones; video; audio recording; oral history recording; GIS software etc. conflict resolution, de-escalation etc depending on the details of your project.

**Create a project protocol:** Writing a protocol, if possible in a collaborative manner, which lays out any different roles within the project, their relationship to the data, agreements about use and ownership of data, any payments that are being made, what will happen to equipment and data at the end of a project etc. can be a way to keep things transparent and accountable and help avoid issues during and after the work.


# What are the parameters?

What are the parameters or limiting factors which you are working with? This refers to your geographic context, infrastructure, accessibility to areas, budgets and equipment availability, time const

No two Mapeo projects will look the same even if they have the same aims and are using the same configuration. There are so many factors which will influence how a project is run including timeline; budget; technology; landscape; seasons; climate; culture; social and political context; etc.

Whilst we can provide some ideas here, any project should be tailored to your particular context taking into account answers to the following questions. Thinking through these questions in advance will also be useful if you ask for help to put together a mapping project from an ally or other organisation.

#### **What is your timeline?**

Is there a particular urgency for the work, a date you need to produce a map or collect data by? If there isn't an internal deadline, are there significant dates external to the project that you might want to work towards or include within your calendar (eg. visits by authorities to the area, International meetings such as COP or UN Working Groups, World Social Forums etc.).

#### **What does the geographical landscape look like? What accessibility issues are there?**

Think about what the land looks like and how you plan to travel around. Some projects might be focused on a small area in town, where people can just travel around on foot on paved roads, other projects might cover tens of thousands of hectares and require travel by river, up steep hills, into swamps etc. Perhaps there are areas you want to access that are off limits (eg. National borders or Industrial installations can have no-go zones around them, or have rules about using GPS or drones etc) Drawing a quick sketchmap of the the area you plan to work within, and marking any significant landmarks, access routes, barriers etc. can help you plan out how you or your team is going to get around and how long this will take, and help identify any challenges you might encounter ahead of time.

#### **Do the seasons affect your work?**

If you plan to collect data at a particular time of year consider how the season or climate might affect this. For example the dry / rainy seasons might impact how easily you can move around the land, and might also impact the type of data you can collect (for example travel by river might be easier in the rainy season, but travel by road or foot might be harder); likewise some operations or activities you want to map or monitor might only occur at certain times of year (eg. illegal logging is linked to seasons, as are fruiting trees and fish/animal movements).

#### **Do you have a budget?**

Do you have or need a budget, and if so how much? Do you intend to pay people to take part or is it volunteer-led? If you don't already have a budget are there parts of the work that are going to need funds such as for purchasing equipment, travelling around or for any meetings you intend to hold.

#### **Do you have or need equipment for your project?**

Mapeo Mobile works on Android phones & tablets and Mapeo Desktop on Windows/Mac/Linux operating systems. Whilst essentially you might just need one smart phone for your project (which you might already have in your back pocket!), depending upon your plan, and particularly if you are going to work with teams in complicated environments you might need to think about other equipment such as spare battery packs if you are doing multi-day trips in remote areas; usb or hard drives for backups; trekking and medical kits for teams; waterproofing for tech that might be exposed to the elements etc., large sheets of paper, marker pens and notebooks for community workshops.

See equipment list for a list of things partners we have worked with have found useful.

#### What is the security situation?

Unfortunately, many frontline defenders are targeted for their work, often risking their lives to defend their peoples rights, lands and futures. Please consider your own safety and that of anyone else involved in the project and take what measures you can to identify risks ahead of time and mitigate them where possible, whilst doing the work that you need to do.

For example:

* Do you need to keep team members, or the names of people interviewed or otherwise involved in the project, or would it be better to involve the media and ensure there is a spotlight on the work?
* Are there places you can avoid going to and questions can avoid asking so as to not trigger dangerous responses?
* Do your teams need some kind of backup to keep them safe, a satellite phone, tracker or civil society accompaniment?

**Data security**

Sometimes it is not people that are at risk but data - consider therefore if you are collecting data that could be valuable to others and how you can best keep it safe.

Information can be sensitive in other ways too: perhaps only certain members of a community normally have access to it (but still want it documented) or perhaps it is information that the community does not want to make public.

Mapeo does not make any of your data public unless you choose to share it, you can create reports or export data which is filtered to exclude sensitive places or pieces of information, and you can share information with team members without it going online.

However there are other measures you can take to protect your information if needed, creating passwords for your devices ... what else?


# Security & risk assessment

{% hint style="info" %}
Coming soon
{% endhint %}


# Creating user protocols

{% hint style="info" %}
Coming soon
{% endhint %}


# Will Mapeo work out-of-the-box for me?

When you install Mapeo, it comes with default options that can be used right away, without any customization. In the following pages, this section details what is automatically included with Mapeo so you can determine whether the app will meet your needs out-of-the-box.

* [Default configuration](/complete-reference-guide/will-mapeo-work-out-of-the-box-for-me/default-configuration)
* [Default background map](/complete-reference-guide/will-mapeo-work-out-of-the-box-for-me/default-base-map)

Mapeo offers many options for customizing categories, icons, questions and background maps but the current customization process requires significant technical knowledge and will not be accessible to all users.

{% hint style="info" %}
For more on customization, see the following section on [Customization options](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options).
{% endhint %}


# Default configuration

### **About configurations**

Mapeo uses *configurations* to determine which categories, icons and questions users see when they are collecting data. For each data point collected with Mapeo, users select a category to classify the point, and may answer questions or respond to prompts to provide more detail about what is being documented.

### Mapeo's default configuration

When you install Mapeo, it comes with a default configuration that includes general categories and questions for territory mapping and monitoring.

#### Categories

The default configuration includes the following data collection categories:

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FKqOR6r4HBkNKmrZRp0eL%2FDefault_categories_no_frame.jpeg?alt=media\&token=4cf01885-9c5b-4401-ac37-bedab5020b40)

Observations that do not fit these categories can always be collected using the **New point** category.

**Questions**

For every data point collected, users can enter a description of what they are documenting. Default categories also include some additional optional questions or fields that users may fill out when collecting data. For example, the category **Fishing Site** includes the field: ***Name** (Common name of this place*).\
\
&#x20;![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FtSQjMfbNSbH9C3Q2ABzS%2FMm_add_details_button_fishing_site.jpg?alt=media\&token=84ff5328-e6a4-40ae-b2a9-078f52863f01)     ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FdV2rMDMRR3WafjTztrxD%2FMm_example_details_field_name.jpg?alt=media\&token=68709fbb-a37b-4de2-86c1-de08b5228757)

To review all fields included in the default configuration, install Mapeo and explore the **Add Details** section for each category.

### Beyond the default configuration

Mapeo offers the option to create custom configurations to fit the needs of specific projects. For more information on customization, see [Custom configurations](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations).


# Default background map

### About background maps <a href="#default-base-map" id="default-base-map"></a>

Mapeo uses background maps to show users their current location in the mobile app and as a background for displaying data collected or created with Mapeo.&#x20;

### Mapeo's default background map <a href="#default-base-map" id="default-base-map"></a>

By default, when the device has access to the internet, Mapeo Mobile and Mapeo Desktop in **Observations** mode use a detailed background map that includes geographic elements such as rivers and mountains, as well as some political and urban elements such as borders, cities, roads, and others.

If the device is not connected to the internet, the background map shown by default is much less detailed. In Mapeo Mobile, the offline background map shows country borders and the main water bodies. In Mapeo Desktop, there is currently no default offline background map.

**Online background** **map example**:

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FMQMNSkxukMx7039zrshG%2Fbase%20map%20online.jpg?alt=media\&token=032a2b02-ae59-4f92-9d69-9e7d38b3dda7)

\
**Offline background map example**:

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FhNNN7IYW6LppSm0DwiJC%2Fbase%20map%20offline.jpg?alt=media\&token=5d86ffd6-ac7c-4fa9-8473-159b006a80de)

### Beyond the default background map

Mapeo offers the option to add a custom background map for use both offline and online. For more on creating and adding custom background maps, see [Custom background maps](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-base-maps).


# Customization options

Mapeo was built to be highly customizable and allow users to adapt its interface to meet the needs of specific projects. This section covers both translation of the application and the development of custom configurations and base maps in the pages below:

* [Translating Mapeo & default configurations](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/translating) (novice, intermediate)
* [Custom configurations](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations)(advanced)
* [Custom background maps](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-base-maps) (advanced)

{% hint style="warning" %}
Please note that the customization process for configurations and base maps currently requires significant technical knowledge and will not be accessible to all users.
{% endhint %}


# Translating Mapeo & default configurations

Mapeo aims to be accessible to a wide range of communities in their native languages, and to facilitate the process of translating the app and the [default configuration](/complete-reference-guide/will-mapeo-work-out-of-the-box-for-me/default-configuration) into new languages as needed.

While [developing custom configurations](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations) currently requires significant technical knowledge, the process of translating Mapeo and the default configuration into a new local language can be an easier way to customize the tool for use in your project.

### Translation using Crowdin

Translations for Mapeo are handled through the [Crowdin](https://crowdin.com) platform. It is free to create an account on Crowdin and anyone can contribute translations to Mapeo for new or existing languages.

To begin translating, visit the project page for the area you would like to translate.

* [Mapeo Mobile](https://crowdin.com/project/mapeo-mobile)\
  Text and titles for screens and buttons in the mobile app
* [Mapeo Desktop](https://crowdin.com/project/mapeo-desktop)\
  Text and titles for screens and buttons in the dekstop app
* [Mapeo's default configuration](https://crowdin.com/project/mapeo-defaut-config)\
  Names of data collection categories, and details fields

![Project page for Mapeo Mobile on Crowdin](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FOftRMpU2v4oDRdBM9Ayn%2FScreen%20Shot%202021-12-08%20at%2010.22.02%20AM.png?alt=media\&token=54a8f349-5932-4f71-ad47-151ed6152107)

#### Viewing available languages

On the project home page you can view all languages currently available for the project and how complete translations are.

#### Adding a new language

If the language you wish to translate is not available on the project home page, contact the Project Owner (listed on the bottom right of the page) to request an addition to the list.

#### Contributing translations

To start translating, create an account with Crowdin, visit the relevant project home page, and select the target language. Click on **Translate All** to bring up all relevant text strings.


# Custom configurations

### About custom configurations

Custom configurations are a powerful tool for customization in Mapeo, allowing users to define specific categories, icons, and questionnaires for their projects. Custom category and questionnaire text can be written in any language that can be typed, ensuring that key parts of the Mapeo data collection interface can appear in the native language of the groups using it.

In the current version of Mapeo, configurations also contain a *project key* that allows participants of the same Mapeo project to synchronize data with each other and prevents synchronization with other devices. ​

### Creating custom configurations

If you have determined that Mapeo's [Default configuration](/complete-reference-guide/will-mapeo-work-out-of-the-box-for-me/default-configuration) will not suit the needs of your project, you have the option of authoring a custom configuration.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Creating custom configurations currently requires significant technical knowledge and will not be accessible to all users.
{% endhint %}

The customization process, detailed in [Creating custom configurations](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations), requires comfort editing `JSON` files, generating `SVG` image files, and using GitHub Actions or installing and using `node` packages via the command line.


# Creating custom configurations

{% hint style="warning" %}
Please note that creating custom configurations currently requires significant technical knowledge and will not be accessible to all users.
{% endhint %}

### Overview of the process

There are several steps to creating a custom configuration that will require different skills and the involvement of different actors within a project. You should leave plenty of time prior to the intended start of data collection to allow for community consultation, testing, and iterations of your configuration.&#x20;

While data structures in Mapeo can be modified during the course of a project, many changes over time can result in messy data outputs. It is worthwhile to test and refine your configuration to the extent possible before putting it into use for data collection.

Once you have completed this process, you will have a Mapeo configuration file (`.mapeosettings`) that can be imported and used in Mapeo Mobile and Destop.

The pages that follow will walk you through the key steps for authoring a custom configuration:

* [Planning configuration & data structure](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/planning-configuration-and-data-structure)\
  This section will outline the key customizable elements in a configuration and some considerations when mapping out each area.\
  \***No technical knowledge is required.**<br>
* [Coding configuration](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration)\
  This section will guide you through translating the planned data structure into the required format and compiling the Mapeo configuration file. \
  \***Editing `JSON` files, generating `.svg` files and working with command line or GitHub is required.**

{% hint style="info" %}
For instructions on how to import a configuration file (`.mapeosettings`) into Mapeo, see:

[Importing configurations into Mapeo Mobile](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/importing-configurations)

[Importing configurations to Mapeo Desktop](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-installation-setup/importing-configurations)
{% endhint %}


# Planning configuration & data structure

Though some key steps of coding configurations require technical skills, initial planning and consultation with project participants is essential to designing effective data structures and does not require coding skills.

To start the customization process, project participants should reflect on the project goals, what kind of data will be needed, and what properties might be required for data outputs.

If you have not already done so, work through the [What information to collect?](/complete-reference-guide/essentials-for-a-successful-mapeo-project/planning/what-information-to-collect) section of this guide as a first step.

### **Data structure**

When planning your configuration, you will need to think through what to include for each of the key customizable areas of Mapeo. The pages that follow will walk you through some considerations when determining content for each area:

* [Categories](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/planning-configuration-and-data-structure/categories)\
  When collecting or creating data with Mapeo, users assign a top-level category to each observation or element on the map.
* [Icons](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/planning-configuration-and-data-structure/icons)\
  Each category you include must have an icon, or a small graphic to display to users when selecting a category.
* [Details fields](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/planning-configuration-and-data-structure/details-fields) (optional)\
  For each category in your configuration, you can include one or more structured data fields (like a mini form or questionnaire) that users can optionally fill out when creating a new observation or map element with that category.

{% hint style="info" %}
Configurations can and often will evolve over time. As you begin collecting data, you will likely find categories, details fields and options you would like to add or modify. Unlike some other survey or data collection tools, Mapeo allows a lot of flexibility for changing configurations over time and does not require that the database be wiped when changes are made.
{% endhint %}

#### **Documenting data structure**

In order to create a Mapeo configuration file, the information you map out for the above areas will need to be translated into `JSON` files and `.svg` image files and then compiled. The details of this process will be covered in [Coding configuration](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration).

If you do not have the technical skills required to code the configuration yourself, the information you define in the following pages for for [Categories](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/planning-configuration-and-data-structure/categories), [Icons](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/planning-configuration-and-data-structure/icons) and [Details fields](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/planning-configuration-and-data-structure/details-fields) can be documented and passed off to a developer or individual with technical skills to code and compile the configuration file.


# Categories

## What are categories?

When collecting or creating data with Mapeo, each observation or element on the map is assigned a category. Users must select a single category when creating a new observation or map element. Categories can be broad or specific, depending on your context and project needs.

### How categories are viewed in Mapeo

**Categories** list in Mapeo Mobile (using the default configuration):\
\
&#x20;![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHhaRAR7erw5ltWsD8Bg1%2FCategories_screen.jpg?alt=media\&token=ac8a5697-8b16-4a73-ada6-5fed3e8a18ad)

Categories list in the **Filters** panel of Mapeo Desktop (using the default configuration):

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F1mUkCBUT62wXaqw0tkBJ%2FMd_filter_by_category.jpg?alt=media\&token=0ea856a1-bbc3-4b1d-a750-eb0aaeb8fe5a)

## Considerations when defining categories

For each category you choose to include in your configuration, you'll need to determine the following:

* **Name**\
  The label users will see in Mapeo when viewing or selecting the category
* **Geometry** \
  Each element on the map will be marked as a\
  `point`, `line` (eg. a path), or `area` (eg. a zone or lake). You will need to determine which of these geometries users will be able to use for each category.
  * All data collected with Mapeo Mobile will be points. If you are using Mapeo Mobile, you should include `point` as a geometry for every category.
  * If you are using [Mapeo Desktop **Territory** mode](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-create-territory-information) as part of your project, you can also include `line` or `area` for categories where relevant.
* **Color** (optional)\
  You have the option of setting a custom color for the map dots or markers for each category in Mapeo Mobile and Mapeo Desktop **Observations** mode.<br>
* **Sort order** (optional)\
  You have the option of determining the order in which you would like categories to appear on the Mapeo Mobile **Categories** screen (pictured above). If no order is added, categories will appear alphabetically by name.

### **When defining categories, keep in mind the following:**

* Categories are one of the key ways data can be filtered in Mapeo. Thinking through how you will view and use data once it has been created offers useful perspective when defining categories.
* As a general rule, categories should not overlap - users should see only one option that fits when making a selection.
* Categories and what would fall within them should be clear to those who will be collecting data. Training and information sessions may be critical for ensuring that project participants know how to gather data in consistent ways, but clarity and simplicity in configuration authoring goes a long way.
* The space available to display category names is limited, especially in Mapeo Mobile, so names should be generally be brief.

## Generating category files

All information you define for categories will be formatted in `JSON` in the [Coding configuration](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration) process, detailed in the following section.

{% hint style="info" %}
If you are not comfortable working with JSON, this information can be be passed off to someone with technical skills to complete the steps in [Coding configuration](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration).
{% endhint %}


# Icons

## What is an icon?

Each of the categories you include in your configuration needs to be assigned an icon, or a small graphic to display to users when selecting a category. You can assign the same icon to various cateogries, or each category can have it's own icon.&#x20;

### How icons are viewed in Mapeo

Categories list with icons in Mapeo Mobile (using the default configuration):\
\
&#x20;![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHhaRAR7erw5ltWsD8Bg1%2FCategories_screen.jpg?alt=media\&token=ac8a5697-8b16-4a73-ada6-5fed3e8a18ad) &#x20;

Examples of the icon files from our default configuration can be found [here](https://github.com/digidem/mapeo-default-config/tree/master/icons).

## Considerations when designing icons

Though creating the `.svg` icon files requires some knowledge of image editing tools, sketching and brainstorming ideas for icons can be a great way to involve community members and project participants who may not have technical skills. With paper and pencils, groups can come up with ideas for icons to represent each category in your project.&#x20;

If you're not up for designing your own icon images, there are libraries of images online with Creative Commons licenses that you can draw from.

### **When designing icons, keep in mind the following:**

* Icons are displayed as very small images in Mapeo Mobile (24x24px) and Mapeo Desktop (100x100px). Very simple designs with minimal detail will render more clearly to users.
  * When thinking about size and scale, imagine drawing your icons with a marker on a dime.
* Bold and solid-color lines and shapes will be most clearly visible.

## Generating icon files

Once you've settled on the design or concept for your icons, you'll need to generate `.svg` files required to include as part of the [Coding configuration](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration) process.&#x20;

To do so, you can use our online Mapeo Icons Generator, [here](https://icons.earthdefenderstoolkit.com/).

Or, jump to [Creating and exporting SVG files using Adobe Illustrator](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration/adding-icon-files/creating-and-exporting-svg-files-using-adobe-illustrator) or [Creating and exporting SVG files using Inkscape](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration/adding-icon-files/creating-and-exporting-svg-files-using-inkscape) for technical guidelines in generating your own suitable SVG files. &#x20;

{% hint style="info" %}
If you do not have skills to prepare the digital icon files, paper sketches can be passed off to someone with technical skills to complete the steps of generating icon files, outlined in [Coding configuration](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration).
{% endhint %}


# Details fields

## What are details fields?

For each category in your configuration, you can include one or more structured data fields (like a mini form or questionnaire) that users can optionally fill out when creating a new observation or map element with that category.\
\
Details fields can be text fields (type in your own answer) or multiple choice (select one or select many from a set of pre-defined answers).

### How details fields are viewed in Mapeo

Details field screen displayed during data collection with Mapeo Mobile:

&#x20;![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FdV2rMDMRR3WafjTztrxD%2FMm_example_details_field_name.jpg?alt=media\&token=68709fbb-a37b-4de2-86c1-de08b5228757)

## Considerations when defining details fields

When planning your data structure, you should think through which (if any) details fields you would like to include for each category. The same details field can be used for many categories.

For each details field you would like to include, you'll need to define the following:

* **Label**\
  The primary text to be displayed to users ("Name" in the above image).
* **Placeholder**\
  A hint or subtext that can clarify the field to users or provide guidance on how to use it  ("Common name of this place" in the above image).
* **Field type**\
  How users will be able to enter information for the field or question.
  * `Text` or type in your own answer (Pictured in the image above)
  * `Select one` from a list of options
  * `Select multiple` from a list of options<br>
  * **Options**\
    For `Select one` and `Select multiple` fields, you will need to define a list of possible answers to display.

### **When defining details fields, keep in mind the following:**

* It can be very challenging for users to type in detailed information when collecting data in the field. Users may be under significant stress, in risky situations, or interacting with the Mapeo screen in bright sun or rain. When creating `Text` fields, keep in mind the conditions users will be facing and have reasonable expectations for the amount of detail and work required to fill out your details fields. &#x20;
* If there are a consistent set of answers you can anticipate for a field or question, it can be much faster or easier for users to select from a list as part of a `Select one` or `Select multiple` field. Please note that there is no automatic option for typing in information for "Other" or an option not included in the list.
* It may be very clear to you when authoring your configuration what each details field means or intends to communicate. Keep in mind, however, who will be collecting data as part of your project and how they might read or interpret each field. Very clear and explicit language can go a long way towards ensuring your configuration is used as intended.
* Mapeo Desktop currently allows you to filter observations by options in `Select one` fields. To filter by options in `Select multiple` or `Text fields`, you will need to export your data and view it in another software tool.

## Generating details field files

All information you define for details fields will be formatted in `JSON` in the [Coding configuration](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration) process, detailed in the following section.

{% hint style="info" %}
If you are not comfortable working with JSON, this information can be be passed off to someone with technical skills to complete the steps in [Coding configuration](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration).
{% endhint %}


# Coding configuration

Mapeo configuration files (`.mapeosettings`) are compiled from a set of files and folders that contain all the information Mapeo needs to display the categories, icons and details fields you want users to see when collecting and viewing data. This section will walk you through translating all of the information you've defined in [Planning configuration & data structure](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/planning-configuration-and-data-structure) into a Mapeo configuration file.

### Configuration folder structure

To begin preparing your files, you can download or clone our [**default configuration repository**](https://github.com/digidem/mapeo-default-config) or this [**empty configuration repository**](https://github.com/digidem/empty-mapeo-config) from GitHub. These repositories contain the core files and folders you will need for editing.

When authoring custom configurations, you will edit files within the following configuration **folders**:

* **`icons`**
* **`fields`**
* **`presets`** (categories)

And the following configuration **files**:

* `metadata.json`
* `defaults.json`
* `package.json`

## Prepare folder structure

### Using the file explorer

1. Download the [default configuration repository](https://github.com/digidem/mapeo-default-config) or [empty configuration repository](https://github.com/digidem/empty-mapeo-config).
2. Unzip the contents to a new folder using a program like [7zip](https://www.7-zip.org).
3. Rename the folder from "mapeo-default-settings" to use your own project name, "mapeo-config-projectname".

### Using the terminal (linux and mac)

```
wget https://github.com/digidem/mapeo-default-settings/archive/v2.1.0.zip 
unzip v2.1.0.zip 
mv mapeo-default-settings-v2.1.0 mapeo-settings-myprojectname
```


# Adding icon files

{% hint style="info" %}
To review key information on designing icons, see [Icons](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/planning-configuration-and-data-structure/icons).
{% endhint %}

Once you've settled on the design or concept for your icons, you'll need to generate `.svg` files for each one to be saved in the **icons** directory. Icons should be created as 100x100 pixel graphics that are clear when viewing at 100%.

To generate `.svg` icons for Mapeo, there is an online Mapeo Icons Generator tool accessible [here](https://icons.earthdefenderstoolkit.com/).

We have also documented two workflows to generate Mapeo-compatible `.svg`  files using software, one using a commercial product (Adobe Illustrator) and another using a open-source product (Inkscape).

* [Creating and exporting SVG files using Adobe Illustrator](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration/adding-icon-files/creating-and-exporting-svg-files-using-adobe-illustrator)
* [Creating and exporting SVG files using Inkscape](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration/adding-icon-files/creating-and-exporting-svg-files-using-inkscape)

## Naming icon files

Icons need to be read by MAPEO in two sizes: 100 pixels and 24 pixels. For that reason there is a specific file naming convention:

* *icon-name*`-100px.svg`&#x20;
* *icon-name*`-24px.svg`&#x20;

Each icon can be duplicated and renamed so that there is one of each size. They are opened and read by the `.json` files in the **presets** folder. Verify that `name` is correctly entered where needed (more on this in the next section). The build script will process the pixel size suffix.

## Additional resources

* [Troubleshooting SVG image errors in Mapbox Studio](https://docs.mapbox.com/help/troubleshooting/studio-svg-upload-errors/)


# Creating and exporting SVG files using Adobe Illustrator

[Adobe Illustrator](https://www.adobe.com/products/illustrator.html) is a vector graphics editor and design program developed by Adobe Inc. Although it is a commercial, licensed product, it is very commonly used to put together vector graphics, and many users utilize this tool for creating icons for Mapeo as well.

### &#x20;Exporting `.svg` files with the right properties

When you're ready to export a vector graphic file into a Mapeo-compatible `.svg` file format, the process is as follows:

* On the Adobe Illustrator top menu, click on **File** and then select **Export,** followed by **Export As.**
* Ensure that **Use Artboards** is checked.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FEYErmEG9VIN9pKP0cvP2%2FUse-artboards.jpg?alt=media\&token=3a2a170e-145b-4961-9310-2aa433020082)

* Save your `.svg`  file in the correct directory (**`icons`** for Mapeo configurations) and with your desired filename, and click **Export**.
* In the following window, ensure that the following properties are set, and then click **OK**:

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fe6bJI0XaenMEU1KAwzuy%2Fsvg-options.JPG?alt=media\&token=f3c9527e-a538-4cc0-96cb-b986a2a8075a)

Your `.svg` file should now be ready to be used by Mapeo. See [Adding icon files](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration/adding-icon-files#naming-icon-files) for more information on how to name the files and where to place them in the configuration directory.


# Creating and exporting SVG files using Inkscape

[Inkscape](https://inkscape.org/) is a free and open-source vector graphics editor used to create vector images, primarily in Scalable Vector Graphics (`.svg`) format. Inkscape is an alternative to the commercial software Adobe Illustrator, and can be used to generate `.svg` files that work in Mapeo.

### Using Inkscape to vectorize images

A common workflow for generating Mapeo icons is to find photos or other raster images, and turn them into vector images, simplifying them until they will render well at a small size. In Adobe Illustrator, this can be done using the `Image Trace` tool.

In Inkscape, this can be done using the `Trace Bitmap` tool found in the Path menu. There are some options to manipulate like Smoothing corners, Optimizing corners, and setting the number of colors.

### **Saving `.svg` files with the right size and Viewbox in Document Properties**

Once you have a vector image that is to your satisfaction (and in a square format), you need to set the correct width & height and Viewbox size before saving the `.svg` file. You can do this in `Document Properties` (**File** menu).

First, set the `Display units` to pixels (px). This dropdown is located at the very top of the Document Properties menu.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FfdppgD2qJ3Lvdze92Ka6%2FUntitled.jpg?alt=media\&token=655ffbda-9087-4f63-9189-8dfb5ef1e025)

Locate the "Custom Size" and "Scale" boxes in Document Properties.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FmvEOh5wM3vCi1GOajj2J%2FUntitled2.jpg?alt=media\&token=1a95d3ab-1307-40a9-956f-0d818854ac94)

First, you may need to set the unit of measurement for the Custom size, if it is not in pixels. If `Units` is in a format like milimeters (mm), change this to px.

Set the `Width` and `Height` to 100 each.

Next, the Viewbox needs to be set to 100 as well. The easiest way to do this — once you've set the Display units and Custom size units to pixels — is to set the `Scale x` to 1. It should copy over the Width and Height values from the Custom Size to the Viewbox. If that didn't do the trick, manually enter 100 for both `Width` and `Height` here.

Once you've done this, you may need to resize the art to match the full size of the Viewbox:

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FIentg2NAdm9VK8VeJr48%2FUntitled3.jpg?alt=media\&token=c534679a-3d1b-4728-b955-7e7f542ef336)

The easiest way to do this is to use the sizing and placement parameters right above the Viewbox, as shown in the screenshot above. Set `W` and `H` to 100 (px), and make sure `X` and `Y` are set to 0 (px). The image will then fill the entire Viewbox:

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FTIXvKbst1yXk6fwQFHIx%2FUntitled4.jpg?alt=media\&token=bcfda5b7-f5b1-43a7-a911-7541e00ff76c)

You can now save the `.svg` file by going to File → Save / Save As / Save A Copy.

Your `.svg` file should now be ready to be used by Mapeo. See [Adding icon files](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration/adding-icon-files#naming-icon-files) for more information on how to name the files and where to place them in the configuration directory.

### Verify that your SVG file is built correctly

{% hint style="info" %}
If you want to verify that the parameters in your `.svg` file are correct, open it in a text editor like Visual Studio Code or Notepad++.
{% endhint %}

It should have an initial `<svg>` tag with width and height set to 100, and viewBox set to "0 0 100 100."

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FLmwkP3sGeluoMs9ehTib%2FUntitled5.jpg?alt=media\&token=145427e4-af8c-4c8c-b4e0-e40b1499515c)

After some tags like `<defs>`, `<sodipodi:namedview>`, `<metadata>`, which don't matter for the purposes of creating icons for Mapeo, you should see tags like `<g>` with layer properties, and a series of `<path>` with vertices and style properties, which constitute your vectors.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FQ0bV2u59EieLRzcdCLos%2FUntitled6.jpg?alt=media\&token=842ee708-e52e-48fb-86bc-27b1b9ef4ad1)

If your `.svg` file looks like this, the Mapeo configurations builder script should process your icons just fine.

### Additional resources

* [Troubleshooting SVG image errors in Mapbox Studio](https://docs.mapbox.com/help/troubleshooting/studio-svg-upload-errors/)


# Creating details fields

{% hint style="info" %}
To review key information on defining details fields, see [Details fields](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/planning-configuration-and-data-structure/details-fields).
{% endhint %}

### In `fields` directory customize the `.json` files

Each `.json` file in the **fields** directory needs a `key`, `type`, `label`, and `placeholder.`

`type` can be one of `select_multiple`, `select_one`, or `text`.

For `select_one` and `select_multiple` fields, you will need to define an array of answer `options.`

#### Example fields file (`name.json`):

```
{
    "key": "name",
    "type": "text",
    "label": "Name",
    "placeholder": "Common name of this place"
}
```

#### Example fields file (`sample-type.json`):

```
{
    "key": "sample-type",
    "type": "select_one",
    "label": "Sample type",
    "placeholder": "Select the type of testing",
    "options": [
    	"Meteorological",
    	"Air",
    	"Soil",
    	"Water",
    	"Mineral",
        "Forestry/vegetation",
    	"Other"
	]
}
```


# Creating categories

{% hint style="info" %}
To review key information on defining categories, see [Categories](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/planning-configuration-and-data-structure/categories).
{% endhint %}

### In the `presets` directory, customize the `.json` files

In the **presets** directory, each `.json` file needs:

* `icon` must mach the name of an icon in the `icons` folder - use prefix only, excluding the size refernce and file extension (eg. for `fishing-24px.svg/fishing-100px.svg` use `fishing`).
* `name` will be the human-readable label shown to the user
* `geometry` must be an array of `point` ,`area`, and/or `line` (All categories for use in Mapeo Mobile must include `point`.)
* `sort` (optional) is an integer that will determine the order in which categories are displayed on the **Categories** screen of Mapeo Mobile. If no `sort` is included, categories will be listed alphabetically by `name`.
* an array of `fields` (optional) which should match the `key` created in the fields directory. Fields will be displayed to users in the order they are listed in the `fields` array.
* `color` (optional) determines the color of observation dots on the map. (Dots fall back to orange if no color is defined.) Value can be a hex code, CSS color name or any string supported by [validate-color](https://github.com/dreamyguy/validate-color).

#### Example preset file (`fishing-site.json`):

```
{
    "icon": "fishing",
    "name": "Fishing Site",
    "sort": 10,
    "color": "#13D5CF",
    "fields": [
        "name"
    ],
    "geometry": [
        "point",
        "area"
    ]
}
```


# Defining geometry defaults

The `defaults.json` file is currently used by Mapeo Desktop to determine which categories (presets) to list for each type of map geometry (`point`, `line`, `area`).

Before building your configuration, ensure that `defaults.json` includes an array of presets for each geometry that corresponds to the geometries you've listed in your preset files.

#### Example `defaults.json` file:

```
{
    "area": [
        "area", 
        "airstrip",
        "animal",
        "community",
        "fishing-site",
        "gathering-site",
        "hills",
        "hunting-site",
        "lake",
        "palm",
        "special-site",
        "swidden",
        "threat",
        "tree",
        "plant"
    ],
    "line": [
	"line",
	"boundary-line",
	"river",
	"path",
	"stream",
	"threat"
    ],
    "point": [
        "point",
        "airstrip",
        "animal",
        "boundary-line",
        "building",
        "camp",
        "clay",
        "community",
        "fishing-site",
        "gathering-site",
        "house",
        "hunting-site",
        "palm",
        "cave",
        "plant",
        "salt-lick",
        "waterfall",
        "special-site",
        "swidden",
        "threat",
        "tree"
    ],
    "vertex": [
    ],
    "relation": [
    ]
}
```


# Adding a project key

## What is a Project Key?

In the `metadata.json` file in your Mapeo configuration, you can include a `projectKey`, which is a random cryptographic string of characters to prevent unwanted devices from getting access to the data.

Once a Mapeo Mobile or Mapeo Desktop device has imported a configuration with a project key, it can only sync with another Mapeo Mobile or Mapeo Desktop device that has the same project key.

You can edit the project key (for example, if you want to make first 4 characters identifiable to a project) but it can only contain letters `a-f` and numbers `0-9`.

It can also only be 64 characters long -- no more, no less.

## Creating a Project Key

To create a `projectKey`, first open the Terminal.

### Using mapeo-settings-builder

{% hint style="info" %}
For instructions on how to install **mapeo-settings-builder**, see Building configuration file [Via the command line](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration/building-configuration-file/preparing-computer).
{% endhint %}

Copy and paste the following command into the terminal

```
mapeo-settings-builder generate-key
```

You'll see something like this (but with x replaced with real characters and numbers)

```
'380c02d32xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx1d'
```

Copy this string and add it to the `metadata.json` file so it looks like this:

```
{
  "dataset_id": "mapeo-jungle",
  "projectKey": "380c02d32xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx1d"
}
```

Notice that there are double quotes `"` around each value.


# Adding project name and version

The `package.json` file stores the name and version information users will see in Mapeo when using the configuration.

Edit the `name` and `version` properties when creating a new configuration. Additional information on incrementing versions will be covered in [Building configuration file](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration/building-configuration-file).

You can also add `description`, `author`, and `license` information to this file but these properties will not be rendered in the Mapeo interface.

#### Example `package.json` file:

```
{
  "name": "project-config",
  "version": "1.0.0",
  "description": "Mapeo configuration",
  "dependencies": {
    "mapeo-settings-builder": "^3.0.0",
    "mkdirp": "^0.5.1"
  },
  "devDependencies": {},
  "scripts": {
    "build": "basename=\"${npm_package_name}-v${npm_package_version}\"; mkdirp build/${basename}; mapeo-settings build -l 'en' -o build/${basename}.mapeosettings && tar -C \"build/${basename}\" -xf build/${basename}.mapeosettings",
    "test": "mapeo-settings lint"
  },
  "author": "Your Name",
  "license": "UNLICENSED",
  "private": true
}
```


# Building configuration file

Compiling your configuration into a `.mapeosettings` file is the final step for testing and using your configuration in Mapeo Mobile and Desktop.

Building a configuration can be done in two ways:

* [Via the command line](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration/building-configuration-file/preparing-computer)(with Node.js and **mapeo-settings-builder**)
* [Using GitHub Actions](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration/building-configuration-file/using-github-actions)


# Via the command line

## Prepare computer for building the configuration

Mapeo is built with JavaScript programming language. To get started, you'll need to install[ Node.js ](https://nodejs.org)development environment. If you already have Node.js installed you can skip this section.

You need to be at least on Node.js version 8 (or higher) for the mapeo-settings-builder to work properly. Head over to [Node.js download](https://nodejs.org/en/download/) page and select installer for your operating system.

Alternatively you can also use NVM (Node Version Manager) to install and manage multiple versions of Node.js on your computer.

### Install nvm

```
touch ~/.bash_profile
```

```
curl -o- <https://raw.githubusercontent.com/creationix/nvm/v0.32.1/install.sh> | bash
```

Then close terminal and open again

### Install homebrew (macOS)

[http://brew.sh/](http://brew.sh)

### **Install puppeteer dependencies (Windows Subsystem for Linux)**

If you are using Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) to build a configuration, you need to install some dependencies for puppeteer.

```
sudo apt install libgtk-3-dev libnotify-dev libgconf-2-4 libnss3 libxss1 libasound2
```

### Install npm

<https://docs.npmjs.com/cli/install>

### Install and use node 12

```
nvm install 12
nvm alias default 12
```

### Install Mapeo Settings Builder

You'll see output on the terminal, but this is OK

```
npm install -g mapeo-settings-builder
```

## Is your computer ready?

If your computer is ready to create configurations, type

```
mapeo-settings-builder
```

You should see output that looks something like

```
→ Using version x.x.x of mapeo-settings-builder
Usage: mapeo-settings-builder [options] [command]

Options:
  -h, --help                   display help for command

Commands:
  build [options] [sourceDir]  Build config from presets in current working dir
  lint [sourceDir]             Lint preset files for errors
  extract-messages [options]   Extract messages for translation
  generate-key                 Generate a random project key
  help [command]               display help for command
```

Now you're ready to move to build your configuration!

## Package Config Assets for MAPEO

### Prep folder and build

Type, 'cd\`, then a space, then drag and drop the folder where the prepared assets are and press enter. It will look something like this

```
cd /Users/jen/Documents/Dd_LOCAL_project-files/Dd-Tools/Mapeo/Presets/CREATION\\ LAB/Strathcona-KX-v1.0.0
```

You will then be ready to run scripts directly in the folder.

```
npm install
```

```
npm run -s build
```

This -s tells npm to be silent, so that you only see errors that are meaningful to you.

You will see something like the following output. Errors will be highlighted in RED with hopefully some helpful description so that you can remedy the issue.

```
→ Using version x.x.x. of mapeo-settings-builder
! Warning: no category json files found in /home/okdistribute/node_modules/mapeo-default-settings/mapeo-default-settings-2.1.0/categories
✓ Built presets and categories (37ms)
✓ Generated svg sprite for iD (544ms)
✓ Generated png sprite for Mapbox (81ms)
✓ Generated png icons for Mapeo Mobile (607ms)
✓ Successfully created file 'build/mapeo-default-settings-v2.1.0.mapeosettings' (total 1299ms)
```

You'll also see a `.mapeosettings` file inside of the `build` directory.

### What is a .mapeosettings file?

A `.mapeosettings` file is a **tar** file, similar to a zip file. You can see the contents of the file by changing the file extension to `.tar` and using any application that can extract tar files (such as 7zip, mentioned above).

### Troubleshooting Checklist

Type the following into the terminal

```
node -v
```

You need to be at least on Node version 8 for the mapeo-settings-builder to work properly. If you need help, review the 'Preparing Computer' section and ensure you're on the latest version of mapeo-settings-builder.

```
npm install -g mapeo-settings-builder@latest
```

You also may want to delete node\_modules and install updated versions of the dependencies.

In Mac or Linux, in the terminal:

```
npm install
```

If you're having more issues, please [open an issue on the GitHub repository](https://github.com/digidem/mapeo-default-settings/issues/new) or e-mail our support hotline.

## Versioning

It's important to increment the version when releasing new changes to your configuration. When you are ready to release a new version, you can use [standard-version](https://github.com/conventional-changelog/standard-version) in the command line to automatically increment your config version and update the `CHANGELOG.md` file in your repository.

{% hint style="info" %}
For more on versions with standard-version, see [Using GitHub Actions](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration/building-configuration-file/using-github-actions#use-conventional-commit-messages-to-increment-your-configuration-version)
{% endhint %}


# Using GitHub Actions

It is possible to build a Mapeo configuration file using GitHub Actions. This requires setting up your custom configuration directory as a repository on [Github.com](https://github.com/), adding a `/.github/workflows/build.yml` script to your repository, and committing changes to that repository. &#x20;

{% hint style="info" %}
If you haven't already used GitHub, you may want to study the [basics](https://docs.github.com/en/get-started/using-git/about-git) of how GitHub works before proceeding.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
Note that since this process relies on using github.com, that you will need internet access to run the build action and download the `.mapeosettings` configuration file. Hence, unlike building a configuration [Via the command line](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration/building-configuration-file/preparing-computer), this process will not work in an offline context.
{% endhint %}

## Setting up a configuration repository on GitHub

The first step will be to set up your configuration as a repository on github.com, with the requisite build script files that will trigger a GitHub Actions **Workflow** to generate your `.mapeosettings` file. There are a few ways to do this.

*If you do not have your own custom configuration already, and are starting from scratch:*

1. You can fork or upload either the [Mapeo Default Configuration](https://github.com/digidem/mapeo-default-config) or the [Empty Mapeo Configuration](https://github.com/digidem/empty-mapeo-config) template to your own GitHub account. The choice you make will depend on how you will go about creating your own configuration, as detailed in [Planning configuration & data structure](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/planning-configuration-and-data-structure).
2. Make sure that you have the `.github/workflows` directory in your configuration repository.

*If you already have your own custom configuration:*

1. Create a repository on GitHub for your custom configuration.
2. Commit your existing configuration content to the repository.
3. Download either the [Mapeo Default Configuration](https://github.com/digidem/mapeo-default-config) or the [Empty Mapeo Configuration](https://github.com/digidem/empty-mapeo-config), and copy over the `.github` directory to the root directory of your custom configuration.&#x20;
4. Commit these files to your repository on Github.com. (*Github may ask you for additional permissions to add these files, by confirming via the browser.)*

{% hint style="info" %}
**NOTE:** Depending on your operating system and setup, it is possible that you do not see a `.github/` directory anywhere. You may need to enable viewing hidden files in your system file manager.\
\
On MacOS, you can do so by pressing **Command + Shift + .** (period) in your Finder window.
{% endhint %}

## Getting ready to build

Navigate to the **Actions** screen, and Click "I understand my workflows, go ahead and enable them."

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FM2ZttDbRByOTjMHBZvzN%2FGithub-Actions-1.JPG?alt=media\&token=77f8a354-d3ed-401d-8be2-8e8b07704882)

This will bring you to a view of your **Workflows**. You should see a message "There are no workflow runs yet" if you just enabled **Workflows** for the first time. You are now ready to start building `.mapeoconfig` files.

## How it works

Once you have enabled Action **Workflows** on your configuration repository, GitHub will generate a **Workflow** to build a new version of your configuration every single time that you commit a change to your repository. &#x20;

Once you have committed a change to your repository, and navigate to the **Actions** tab, you should see your commit message listed as a workflow.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FVZjRukSwfM86TNLKVvf5%2FGithub-Actions-2.JPG?alt=media\&token=09f13c23-5613-487b-b8db-388e19ca99e5)

* :white\_check\_mark: a circular check indicates that the build has completed successfully.
* :yellow\_circle: a yellow circle indicates that the build is in process.
* :red\_circle: a red circle with an X indicates that the build has encountered an error.

You can click on your commit message to find out more about the status of your build. For example, if your build has encountered an error, there will be a log that can give you an idea of what went wrong. You can commit a change to fix the error, and return to the **Actions** screen to see if a new **Workflow** successfully bypasses the problem.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FZqwYzc94amVcCsk0Ekbs%2FGithub-Actions-3.JPG?alt=media\&token=c8236113-f0fe-4bea-ad7d-6631d3420574)

{% hint style="info" %}
This is the same log that you would see when building a configuration [Via the command line](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration/building-configuration-file/preparing-computer).
{% endhint %}

By opening the **Workflow** with your commit message, you can also download a `.zip` file of your configuration, which includes a temporary `.mapeosettings` file. This is helpful for testing out your configuration before building a versioned file to distribute to users, as described in [Testing and iterating](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/testing-and-iterating).

## Use conventional commit messages to increment your configuration version

The Mapeo GitHub Actions **Workflow** is set up to dynamically bump the version of your configuration per each workflow. It does so using [conventional commit messaging](https://www.conventionalcommits.org/en/v1.0.0-beta.2/) of adding `feat:`, `fix:`, or `chore:` before your commit message. For example, if you have a configuration with version **1.1.0**, the specific version bumps are as follows:

* `feat`: this will increase your version to **1.2.0**. This commit prefix could be used for major configuration updates.
* `fix`: this will increase your version to **1.1.1**. This commit prefix could be used for small updates like changing an icon, or adding a field to a category.
* `chore`: this will not increase your version. This commit prefix could be used for correcting typos or fixing errors.

{% hint style="info" %}
To see a few examples of configuration conventional commit messaging, see the screenshot above in [#how-it-works](#how-it-works "mention"), or check out the commit history on the [Mapeo Default Configuration](https://github.com/digidem/mapeo-default-config/commits/master) repository.
{% endhint %}

You can also manually update the first number in your **1.1.0** version in your `package.json` file, but Digital Democracy's convention is to only do so to indicate breaking changes. That said, you are free to choose a versioning convention that makes the most sense to you.

## Compile a final, versioned release of your configuration

Once you are done making changes, have tested your configuration using a temporary `.mapeosettings` file (as described in [#how-it-works](#how-it-works "mention")) and in accordance to the process described in [Testing and iterating](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/testing-and-iterating), you can generate a versioned release of your configuration. The way to do so is as follows:

* Navigate to the **Actions** tab for your GitHub repository. You should see all of your **Workflows** again.
* On the left sidebar, click on the **Build & Release** link.
* You should now see a box with the text "This workflow has a `workflow_dispatch` event trigger" and a button **Run workflow**. Click the button, and then click **Run workflow** again in the popup that will appear.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F5S3Zb9eIQ5HeI9Hf989s%2FGithub-Actions-5.JPG?alt=media\&token=2bb29f2f-5543-459c-8e5a-197dc1849f7f)

* Doing so will trigger another **Workflow** titled "Build and Release."
* When that finished with a :white\_check\_mark: green check mark, your versioned build release will be ready. On the top navigation bar, click on **Code** and your release should appear under the **Releases** panel in the right sidebar.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FITH9Uob2CohUOyxWQHDK%2FGithub-Actions-6.JPG?alt=media\&token=d9760743-c75c-44c4-8a45-77d55e7290e8)

* Click on the release to download the versioned `.mapeosettings` file.&#x20;


# Testing and iterating

Once you've compiled your custom configuration, you will have a `.mapeosettings` file that can be imported into Mapeo Mobile and Desktop for testing and use.

### What is a **`.mapeosettings`** file? <a href="#what-is-a-.mapeosettings-file" id="what-is-a-.mapeosettings-file"></a>

A `.mapeosettings` file is a **tar** file, similar to a zip file. For debugging purposes you can see the contents of the file by changing the file extension to `.tar` and using any application that can extract tar files.

## Importing a configuration into Mapeo

For instructions on how to import a configuration file (`.mapeosettings`) into Mapeo, see:

[Importing configurations into Mapeo Mobile](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/importing-configurations)

[Importing configurations to Mapeo Desktop](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-installation-setup/importing-configurations)

## Testing out your configuration

It's worthwhile to thoroughly kick the tires of your new configuration prior to introducing it into your project and beginning formal data collection.

#### A few things to look for when testing configurations:

* **Icons**\
  Do icons render clearly? Check how icons appear, especially in Mapeo Mobile on devices with smaller screens.
* **Categories**\
  Do categories appear in a logical order on the **Categories** screen of Mapeo Mobile? Changes can be made via the `sort` property in [Creating categories](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration/creating-categories).&#x20;
* **Details fields**\
  Are text labels and placeholders easy to understand? Do details fields appear in a logical order? Fields will be displayed to users in the order they are listed in the `fields` array in [Creating categories](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration/creating-categories).
* **Colors**\
  If you added `color` to category map markers, are they distinguishable from one another and visible on your map background?
* **Name and version**\
  Does the name and version of your configuration appear as desired on the **Project configuration** screen of Mapeo Mobile or the **Synchronize** screen of Mapeo Desktop?

## Making changes

Changes can easily be made to your configuration via steps in the [Coding configuration](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/coding-configuration)section. We often test, modify, recompile and retest several times before releasing a new config version.

As noted in [Planning configuration & data structure](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations/planning-configuration-and-data-structure), configurations can and often will evolve over time. As you begin collecting data, you will likely find categories, details fields and options you would like to add or modify.&#x20;

Unlike some other survey or data collection tools, Mapeo allows a lot of flexibility for changing configurations over time and does not require that the database be wiped when changes are made. While changes to icons or  `color`, `name`,  `label`, or `placeholder` fields will be minor, more significant modifications like removing a category will impact how existing data is displayed in Mapeo and data exports. Regardless of these changes, no previous data will be lost or unviewable.


# Custom background maps

### About custom background maps

Custom background maps allow Mapeo users to incorporate a wide range of geographical datasets and relevant elements into the maps used for displaying current position and data collected. Once added to Mapeo, custom background maps are available completely offline within the application.

### Creating custom background maps

{% hint style="warning" %}
Creating custom background maps currently requires significant technical knowledge and will not be accessible to all users.

The current process, detailed in [Creating custom background maps](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-base-maps/creating-custom-maps), requires comfort installing and using `node` packages via the command line.
{% endhint %}


# Creating custom background maps

We are currently working on a new user interface to simplify the process of generating and adding custom background maps to Mapeo. This page covers the generation of custom map files for both for the current (non-experimental) map server AND for the new experimental Background maps feature in Mapeo Mobile.

## **Current (non-experimental) workflow**

For creating custom background maps that work with the current (non-experimental) map server, you can view documentation of the existing process [**here**](https://digidem.notion.site/Preparing-and-Adding-Custom-Basemaps-to-Mapeo-b4f13019f0b842ce9315c6097f08ce36).

* For instructions on how to add these maps to Mapeo, see:\
  [Adding custom background maps to Mapeo Mobile](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/adding-custom-base-maps-to-mapeo-mobile)\
  [Adding custom background maps to Mapeo Desktop](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-installation-setup/adding-custom-base-maps-to-mapeo-desktop)<br>

## **New experimental Background Maps feature**

For generating map files in `.mbtiles` format to test out the new experimental Mapeo Mobile **Background Maps** feature, see [**here**](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-base-maps/creating-custom-maps/creating-mbtiles).&#x20;

* For instructions on how to add these maps to Mapeo, see: [Background Maps](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/experiments-turning-on-experimental-features/background-maps)


# Generating map files in .mbtiles format for the experimental Background Maps feature

{% hint style="warning" %}
Generating custom background maps currently requires significant technical knowledge and will not be accessible to all users.
{% endhint %}

## Generating custom background maps in `mbtiles` format for the new Background Maps feature

{% hint style="info" %}
For creating custom background maps that work with the current (non-experimental) map server, you can view documentation of the existing process [**here**](https://digidem.notion.site/Preparing-and-Adding-Custom-Basemaps-to-Mapeo-b4f13019f0b842ce9315c6097f08ce36).
{% endhint %}

**Mapeo Mobile** 5.5.0 introduces a new **Map Manager** user interface for importing and managing multiple background maps. The **Background Maps** feature is currently experimental and needs to be activated in **Experiments**; once that has been done, **Mapeo Mobile** will start to use the new user interface. To find out more about the new feature, see [Background Maps](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/experiments-turning-on-experimental-features/background-maps).

The **Background Maps** feature comes with a new map server that uses a tile format called `mbtiles`. This is a different format than what Mapeo was using before, so if you've added your own custom map tiles (either in `.asar` or in a directory format), they will not work with the new map server. You will need to convert these to `mbtiles`, or make new tiles in the `mbtiles` format. This applies to both raster and vector map tiles.

{% hint style="info" %}
Note: the **Background Maps** map server is able to load both raster and vector tiles; however, the experimental version can only import an unstyled vector `mbtiles` file. This means that the geometries in your `mbtiles` map tiles can be shown as a background map, but instead of being styled by means a `style.json` file, the Map Manager will use randomized colors to visualize the different geometries.

In future releases of Mapeo, we will make it possible to add a vector map style as well.
{% endhint %}

### Generating new `mbtiles` using QGIS

One easy and free way to have access to use `mbtiles` with the new **Background Maps** feature, which does not require using any command line tools or scripts, is to generate them using **QGIS**.&#x20;

**QGIS** is a free and open-source cross-platform desktop geographic information system application that supports viewing, editing, printing, and analysis of geospatial data. It is often used in tandem with **Mapeo**; for example, once a lot of data has already been collected, and the next step is to visualize that data or create cartographic maps.

{% hint style="info" %}
**QGIS** has extensive documentation for use of the tool, accessible at <https://docs.qgis.org/>.
{% endhint %}

**QGIS** can also be used to generate both raster and vector `mbtiles` using an easy user interface.

First, ensure that you have some map data loaded on your **QGIS** map canvas. This can be either vector data (such as Esri shapefiles) or raster data, such as satellite imagery or XYZ tiles loaded through a source on the internet.&#x20;

In what follows, we will be creating raster `mbtiles` using XYZ tiles (raster) from Bing maps, loaded through the internet. At the end of this section, some information on generating vector `mbtiles` is provided.

<figure><img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F67JYxtFtBhbS2bpL7lQs%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=5c52c2d5-cb4c-4c2e-ad50-e8ea6ff5bb07" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
[This page](https://gis.stackexchange.com/questions/20191/adding-basemaps-from-google-or-bing-in-qgis/356668) has guidance on how to add a number of different XYZ tile sources to QGIS, including Bing maps, OpenStreetMaps, Google Terrain, and more.
{% endhint %}

Next, open the **Processing** menu and select **Toolbox**. Search for **mbtiles** in the search box of the sidebar that opens up.

<figure><img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fos4OLU6At5SplEsdHMz9%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=4fa946a9-f312-46a1-828b-62a8b7e441f9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In what follows, we are going to generate Raster `mbtiles`. However, the process is the same if you have Vector data to generate as `mbtiles`.

Double click on **Generate XYZ Tiles** and enter the following values in the modal box that opens up. Leave all of the other values (such as DPI, metatile size) be, there is no need to change these.<br>

<figure><img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F0BIKxucdo6fywJqsNdEa%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=9e07de8e-1066-4552-809c-3b297fe1635b" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Extent**: This is the extent at which your map tiles will be downloaded. At lower zoom levels, it will actually exceed this extent as it will download very large areas as one tile, which intersect with that extent; but as you get to higher zoom levels, only map tiles within that extent will be downloaded.\
  This field takes four coordinates, and the easiest way to set them is to either use the current map canvas extent, or to drawn them directory on the map. You could also use a vector geometry to set the coordinates.
* **Minimum zoom:** Best practice is to set this to 0, which is the whole world. Lower zoom levels do not take up much space at all, and it's a good user experience to be able to see more of the world at lower levels.
* **Maximum zoom:** As with all background map tiles, this is an important thing to get right, and there are trade-offs between level of detail (zoom level) and file size. Each zoom level increases your `mbtiles` file size by 4. It is recommended to do some calculations on how big your file will be in advance, for example using Mapbox's [offline tile estimator tool](https://docs.mapbox.com/playground/offline-estimator/).
  * It can also be handy to consider OpenStreetMap's [guide on Zoom Levels](https://wiki.openstreetmap.org/wiki/Zoom_levels) for considering an optimal zoom level for your map data. Depending on the m / pixel of your data, you may not need to go very high. For example, PlanetScope data from Planet is only 3m in resolution, and so using either zoom level 13 or 14 is sufficient to capture the full detail of the imagery. This will also depend on your use case, and what kind of detail is helpful for your mapping scenario.
* **Tile format:** It is recommended to change this to JPG because JPG files take up less space.
* **Output:** Here, you want to define the path and name of your `mbtiles` file.

When you are finished inputting the values, you can click **Run** at the bottom, and the tile generation script should commence. Depending on your extent and maximum zoom level, it may take quite a while, but you should see at least the first zoom levels (0 to 8 or so) be generated rather quickly in the Log tab which opens up automatically when you clicked **Run**.

When the process is finished, you should see messaging that the "Algorithm 'Generate XYZ tiles (MBTiles)' finished," and you should find your `mbtiles` file in the directory that you specified.

<figure><img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F4FVUHYE4f30JSg2PMwow%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=4e4fc640-3615-423c-ae58-bdc11c448ce5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
For generating vector mbtiles, the process is even more straightforward. The only thing you need to set in the Write Vector Tiles (MBTiles) are **minimum zoom level** and **maximum zoom level**; and, you need to select the vector **input layers** on your map canvas that you want to generate tiles from. For vector tiles, extent is optional.\
\
The other thing worth adding is **Metadata: name**. Your background map will inherit this name when added to Mapeo, so it will be good to provide a specific name to distinguish it from other background maps.&#x20;
{% endhint %}

### Converting your existing Mapeo tiles into `mbtiles` format

{% hint style="warning" %}
This workflow involves running command-line tools such as **Python** and **Node**. \
\
While it's possible to follow this workflow without familiarity of these tools, you should at least be familiar with the basics of working in a Unix terminal. You may also encounter difficulties that require additional troubleshooting.  \
\
Some technical experience is therefore recommended.
{% endhint %}

If you have existing map tiles in `asar` or directory (`xyz`) format, there is a command-line tool called **mbutil** you can use to convert those to `mbtiles`. The workflow for using this tool is as follows.

#### Dependencies:

* Make sure you have **Python** installed (ideally 3, but 2 works too).
* You need to have **npm** installed if your vector tiles are in a `.vector.pbf` format.

#### Steps to follow:

1. First, ensure that your tiles are in `xyz` format. If they are still compressed as an `asar` file, first unpack the file through the command: \
   `asar extract [filename].asar [directory name]`
2. Navigate to the root of the tile directory in the terminal:\
   `cd path/to/directory`
3. Identify what format your tiles are in by opening up one of the zoom level directories (e.g. `0`, `1`, `2`...) and then going one directory deeper, until you see files ending in `pbf`.
   * If your files end in `.pbf`, you may proceed to step 4.
   * If your files end in `.vector.pbf`, first follow to the next section [#extra-step-for-vector-tiles-if-they-are-in-.vector.pbf-format](#extra-step-for-vector-tiles-if-they-are-in-.vector.pbf-format "mention") on renaming `.vector.pbf` to `.pbf`, before proceeding to step 4.
4. Create a virtual Python environment. `NAME_OF_ENV` can be an arbitrary name.\
   `python3 -m venv NAME_OF_ENV`
5. Activate the virtual environment. You need to run this whenever working in this project. This ensures dependencies and other project-specific tooling are properly referenced.\
   `source ./NAME_OF_ENV/bin/activate`
6. Install dependencies, which will include the **mbutil** tool:\
   `python3 -m pip install -r requirements.txt`
7. Use the installed `mb-util` executable to create the mbtiles file: \
   `./env/bin/mb-util DIRECTORY OUTPUT.mbtiles`
   * `DIRECTORY` points to the path containing the tiles directory you wish to convert. It's relative to where the command is run.
   * `OUTPUT` can be any name that you want your `mbtiles` file to be called.
   * See `mbutil` documentation for additional relevant flags related to tile scheme, image format, etc.
8. When you're done, you can deactivate the virtual environment by running: \
   `deactivate`&#x20;

#### Extra step for vector tiles if they are in `.vector.pbf` format

If your vector tiles end in `.vector.pbf`, you need to first run a script to change the suffix to just `.pbf` instead. In the future, we will make it easier to handle this when importing tiles, so you won't have to do anything. However, for now you have to use a node tool called `recursive-rename`.

1. In the terminal, navigate to the directory containing your XYZ tile directory, and install the tool `npm install recursive-rename`.
2. Run the following command: `rename vector.pbf pbf`. This will batch rename all of the individual tile files in each of the subdirectories per zoom level (0, 1, 2, ...).
3. Now you are ready to use **mbutil** to convert the XYZ directory to `mbtiles`.

{% hint style="info" %}
For instructions on how to import your .`mbtiles` file into Mapeo for use in the experimental **Background Maps** feature, see:

[Broken mention](broken://pages/5mNfHoBunjLrPLRGC419)
{% endhint %}


# Mapeo Mobile installation & setup

In this section, you will find all the needed resources to learn how to install and set up Mapeo Mobile:

* [Installing Mapeo Mobile](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/installing-mapeo-mobile)
* [Choosing Mapeo Mobile settings](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/app-settings)
  * Language
  * GPS coordinate format
* [Importing configurations into Mapeo Mobile](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/importing-configurations)
* [Adding custom background maps to Mapeo Mobile](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/adding-custom-base-maps-to-mapeo-mobile)
* [Updating Mapeo Mobile](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/updating-mapeo-mobile)

Before you start, make sure that:

* The <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FQfXd05MMNW1Cpwwj6TBc%2Fbattery-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=c73232c4-b37c-4cea-9250-65d1dce3ac99" alt="" data-size="line"> battery of the smartphone is charged and/or you have access to a charger and an <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F26zcXOJQTQ2hYhcCE1m3%2Fplug-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=2c6ddc7b-f123-4354-9656-bd2cb2dc7c52" alt="" data-size="line">electrical outlet or portable battery.
* The smartphone is <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fmj9Wy0NJilCiVDivdUw2%2Fvirus-free-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=d79104cc-9599-4203-83d5-d4636fa47dca" alt="" data-size="line">virus-free.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Mapeo Mobile is currently available for **Android only** and works on **Android version 5.0 or above.**
{% endhint %}


# Installing Mapeo Mobile

There are 2 ways to install Mapeo Mobile on your smartphone:

* [**Install from Play Store**](#install-from-play-store)\
  If you have an <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FOUwcAOhtNySaG3cWtP2s%2Finternet-connection-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=b14138ae-8722-47d2-a668-0bd99c9cbe4b" alt="" data-size="line">**internet connection**, you can download and install Mapeo Mobile for free from the Google Play Store.&#x20;
* [**Install from a APK file**](#install-from-apk-file)\
  To install Mapeo Mobile on smartphones that have <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F56vK7OT8GuE0erNas7B3%2Fno-internet-connection-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=05fecd63-4092-4f4f-899f-68f5228e15ab" alt="" data-size="line">**no internet** **connection**, you can use an installation file (`.apk`).

## Install from Play Store

Before you start, make sure that:

* You have a good <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FOUwcAOhtNySaG3cWtP2s%2Finternet-connection-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=b14138ae-8722-47d2-a668-0bd99c9cbe4b" alt="" data-size="line">internet connection.
* You have enough space available on your smartphone for the Mapeo application and data you will collect - we recommend that you have at least 1 GB (gigabyte) available.

To install Mapeo Mobile on your smartphone from the Google Play Store:

1. Open the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F4MDB5ckxbLC32lsMrcmY%2Fplay-store-icon-2-300x300.jpg?alt=media&amp;token=d83b7e84-6e24-48f8-a4eb-2182e627ac46" alt="" data-size="line"> **Play Store** application on your smartphone.
2. In the search bar at the top of the Play Store window, type **Mapeo**, and click on the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FMwqVLUytQBfmIMGGBrzi%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=502e3e3f-c053-407f-ad30-97711879290d" alt="" data-size="line">**magnifying glass** icon at the bottom right of the keyboard.
3. Click <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FBnlXQiDXSUwl79ooRjRE%2FMm-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=3235ef71-9f29-4ab3-89f0-4a605d81c8e6" alt="" data-size="line"> **Mapeo** in the list of applications.
4. On the Mapeo Mobile screen in the Play Store application, click on **Install**.
5. When the installation process is complete, click on **Open**.
6. When Mapeo Mobile opens, you will be prompted to allow Mapeo access to your phone's camera and GPS for proper functioning of the app. After that, the Mapeo Mobile home screen will open automatically.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F9jWXJUzw129OK7BcSKEz%2FPicture1.jpg?alt=media\&token=f37b2d9d-b4ce-4482-a71c-c79202b9a0fa) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fx8gugXVEZvTcgfe9DXJa%2FMapeo%20permit%20to%20take%20pics%2C%20audio%2C%20video.jpg?alt=media\&token=50d05b30-0b1c-467a-9c9a-2f44e6cb28a8)

{% hint style="info" %}
The installation process can take a long time (<img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FZ2r0Ho5bEsJbfg8Tq8Zy%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=4dd10eb0-3f5f-4310-95ad-0c04edfa5433" alt="" data-size="line">more than 15 min), depending on the quality of your internet connection.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
If you don't have enough space available on your smartphone, you will receive a message from Play Store inviting you to delete content or applications from your device to free up space.
{% endhint %}

> ▶ Video available: [How to install Mapeo Mobile from Play Store](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-2EYN4pimXk)

## Install from APK file

You can install Mapeo Mobile on a smartphone that does not have an internet connection using a previously downloaded installation file (`.apk`).

If you already have the installation file on your device, continue here: [#install-from-an-apk-file](#install-from-an-apk-file "mention").

### Download the installation file

While an internet connection is available, [download the Mapeo installation file ](https://apk.mapeo.app/latest/)(`.apk`).

{% hint style="info" %}
Once downloaded, the APK file can be shared with other devices and used to install Mapeo offline.

* If you have <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FOUwcAOhtNySaG3cWtP2s%2Finternet-connection-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=b14138ae-8722-47d2-a668-0bd99c9cbe4b" alt="" data-size="line">an internet connection, use any messaging app (such as <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FpDALqh8F4F0zksgYzXjs%2FTelegram-logo.png?alt=media&amp;token=7f6a3799-9d13-44f4-9353-5813643e4e7a" alt="" data-size="line"> Telegram or <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F0Lguc5IJug0EXzJTScUT%2Fwhatsapp-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=76c93dfc-57c8-4789-9264-3ab0e027495a" alt="" data-size="line">WhatsApp) for sending installation files (`.apk`) between smartphones.
* If you have <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F56vK7OT8GuE0erNas7B3%2Fno-internet-connection-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=05fecd63-4092-4f4f-899f-68f5228e15ab" alt="" data-size="line">no internet connection, you can copy the file from a computer using a <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FiFNM2K7aZhtIOMSrXYJp%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=51e7a58b-bd02-4ec4-876b-526895aa1632" alt="" data-size="line">USB cable or send the installation file using <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FqAUjTngbPl1D3dJJ7omL%2Fbluetooth.jpg?alt=media&amp;token=ac5f0024-e476-4a9d-aa20-486e89a17b44" alt="" data-size="line"> Bluetooth. Read more about how to send a file using these methods in [Sharing files between devices](/complete-reference-guide/troubleshooting/sharing-files-between-devices).
  {% endhint %}

### Install from APK file

1. Locate the Mapeo installation file (`.apk`) on the device.
2. Tap on the installation file (`.apk`) to open it.
3. In the pop-up window, click on **INSTALL**. The installation process may take several minutes.
4. Once the installation is complete, click on **OPEN** in the pop-up window.
5. When Mapeo Mobile opens, you will be prompted to allow Mapeo access to your phone's camera and GPS for proper functioning of the app. After that, the Mapeo Mobile home screen will open automatically.

&#x20;![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fk8LOgtwoHVYNtq6KmwKM%2FDownload%20APK%20from%20Telegram%20\(2\).jpg?alt=media\&token=a618f644-ec16-4d44-a888-9a960996b784) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F4eQEiARpPwcbobVMLl5L%2FInstall%20Mapeo%20from%20APK%20-%20INSTALL%20option.jpg?alt=media\&token=c22731d6-6150-4125-80bf-6f5545c0fb9a) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FFN6yZQQ7szgZU2BXtluv%2FPost%20install%20from%20APK%20-%20Open%20Mapeo.jpg?alt=media\&token=24fe72de-04ba-46d2-9171-09495ce545fd)![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fx8gugXVEZvTcgfe9DXJa%2FMapeo%20permit%20to%20take%20pics%2C%20audio%2C%20video.jpg?alt=media\&token=50d05b30-0b1c-467a-9c9a-2f44e6cb28a8)

> ▶ Video available: [How to install Mapeo Mobile from an APK file](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eMJW1Hx3xQg)


# Choosing Mapeo Mobile settings

The following settings can be easily changed in Mapeo Mobile:

* [#language](#language "mention")
* [#gps-coordinate-format](#gps-coordinate-format "mention")
* [#experiments](#experiments "mention") (activate experimental features)

## Language

Mapeo Mobile is currently available in more than 15 languages, but it can be translated into any additional language using the Crowdin platform. For more on translation, see: [Translating Mapeo & default configurations](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/translating)

To change the language of Mapeo Mobile:

1. Click on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FePeKKh1lMNl1CF7Emg5W%2Fapp%20icons_observation-list_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=1c312590-3e62-4bbb-8486-9d9c337625e8" alt="" data-size="line"> **Observations List,** then click on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHYjvA5GxV5cVDVny2SAW%2Fapp%20icons_Settings.png?alt=media&amp;token=73fa7753-ac3c-4d05-a0c0-9b658ae2168a" alt="" data-size="line"> **Settings** and select **Language.**
2. On the **Language** screen, select the language you would like to use for Mapeo Mobile. The language of the application will change automatically.
3. To return to the home screen of the application, click on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F0ItNjEZXvdVtgj7jSdnm%2Fapp%20icons_back%20arrow.png?alt=media&amp;token=329f713a-1f8b-4644-b83a-e6f9ed496470" alt="" data-size="line"> **Back** as many times as necessary.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FOWtJgqauOYPa6VPTbqnv%2FObservations_list_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=b1cc1533-fb24-4666-aa63-001ac550803a) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FpNJKNlFKzA8UKpKscovT%2FObservation%20screen-Settings%20button.jpg?alt=media\&token=d15a1281-50fb-42ec-8d54-08ca5b6644f8) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FYubzzshZvjSn4e8Ddomb%2FSettinge%20screen%20-%20select%20Language.jpg?alt=media\&token=9eacef98-c875-422f-ab19-95f9016943ca) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FCVpL7JSicImq0VXtCVvQ%2FLanguage%20screen.jpg?alt=media\&token=7542db2b-eed1-4f3a-8e05-13cba7bef369)

> **▶** Video available: [How to change the language of Mapeo Mobile](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-hhrbi_dvGU\&list=PLI10lL3Yr-k2MUMquVTaQxZoiQqfT_eID\&index=5\&t=31s)

## GPS coordinate format

Mapeo Mobile supports three GPS coordinate formats: Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM), Degrees/Minutes/Seconds (DMS), and Decimal Degrees (DD).

To change the coordinate format used:

1. Click on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FePeKKh1lMNl1CF7Emg5W%2Fapp%20icons_observation-list_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=1c312590-3e62-4bbb-8486-9d9c337625e8" alt="" data-size="line"> **Observations List,** then click on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHYjvA5GxV5cVDVny2SAW%2Fapp%20icons_Settings.png?alt=media&amp;token=73fa7753-ac3c-4d05-a0c0-9b658ae2168a" alt="" data-size="line"> **Settings** and select **Coordinate Format.**
2. On the **Coordinate Format** screen, click on the format you would like to use and it will automatically change inside the application.
3. To return to the home screen of the application, click on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F0ItNjEZXvdVtgj7jSdnm%2Fapp%20icons_back%20arrow.png?alt=media&amp;token=329f713a-1f8b-4644-b83a-e6f9ed496470" alt="" data-size="line"> **Back** as many times as necessary.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FOWtJgqauOYPa6VPTbqnv%2FObservations_list_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=b1cc1533-fb24-4666-aa63-001ac550803a) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FpNJKNlFKzA8UKpKscovT%2FObservation%20screen-Settings%20button.jpg?alt=media\&token=d15a1281-50fb-42ec-8d54-08ca5b6644f8) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FYMZYFWonSf210bkbXllG%2FSelect%20Coordinate%20format.jpg?alt=media\&token=1fb108bf-6adf-49a8-a6fc-ac837ece672c) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FKzbT5RDXUejgzmjG0YeE%2FCoordinate%20Format%20screen.jpg?alt=media\&token=77415cc1-d8c4-4750-ae2a-ef3d9a0820a0)

## Experiments

The **Experiments** screen contains new, experimental features that are in ongoing development.&#x20;

For more on how to activate and test these features, see [Experiments: Turning on experimental features](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/experiments-turning-on-experimental-features)


# Experiments: Turning on experimental features

## Experiments

The **Experiments** screen within the **Settings** menu contains new, experimental features that are in ongoing development. They can be activated and used in their current state and will be improved and moved out of the Experiments section in future app updates.

The features currently available in **Experiments** are:

* [Directional Arrow](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/experiments-turning-on-experimental-features/directional-arrow)
* [P2P (peer-to-peer) App Updates](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/experiments-turning-on-experimental-features/p2p-peer-to-peer-app-updates)
* [Background Maps](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/experiments-turning-on-experimental-features/background-maps)


# Directional Arrow

The new **Directional Arrow** feature uses your smartphone’s digital compass to provide information about which direction your phone is facing. Close proximity to large metal objects or strong magnetic field can affect the precision of the compass.

If your smartphone doesn’t have a compass, the Directional Arrow may still be able to determine direction based on movement. Direction based on movement may be less accurate.

{% hint style="info" %}
**NOTE:** Directional Arrow is not reliable enough to be used exclusively for navigation, and it may drain your device battery faster.
{% endhint %}

#### Turn on Directional Arrow

To activate the Directional Arrow feature:

1. Click on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FePeKKh1lMNl1CF7Emg5W%2Fapp%20icons_observation-list_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=1c312590-3e62-4bbb-8486-9d9c337625e8" alt="" data-size="line"> **Observations List,** then click on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHYjvA5GxV5cVDVny2SAW%2Fapp%20icons_Settings.png?alt=media&amp;token=73fa7753-ac3c-4d05-a0c0-9b658ae2168a" alt="" data-size="line"> **Settings** and select **Experiments.**
2. Select **Directional Arrow**, then click the checkbox to **Use Directional Arrow**.
3. Click on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F0ItNjEZXvdVtgj7jSdnm%2Fapp%20icons_back%20arrow.png?alt=media&amp;token=329f713a-1f8b-4644-b83a-e6f9ed496470" alt="" data-size="line"> **Back** as many times as necessary to return to the home **Map** screen to view the arrow.


# P2P (peer-to-peer) App Updates

**Peer-to-peer (P2P) App Updates** is an experimental feature that allows you to share and receive newer versions of the Mapeo app by connecting to other Mapeo devices via Wi-Fi (no internet connection required).&#x20;

When updating the Mapeo app version in this way, **NONE** of your Mapeo data (observations, configurations, or maps) is shared between devices.

To search for and share Mapeo app updates between Mapeo Mobile devices, both smartphones must:

* have the P2P App Updates feature enabled
* have Mapeo open to the **Synchronize** screen
* be connected to the same Wi-Fi network

### Turn on the P2P App Updates feature

To use this feature, you will need to enable it within the **Experiments** menu. To do so, tap the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FePeKKh1lMNl1CF7Emg5W%2Fapp%20icons_observation-list_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=1c312590-3e62-4bbb-8486-9d9c337625e8" alt="" data-size="line">**Observations list** button, then tap <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHYjvA5GxV5cVDVny2SAW%2Fapp%20icons_Settings.png?alt=media&amp;token=73fa7753-ac3c-4d05-a0c0-9b658ae2168a" alt="" data-size="line">**Settings**, and select **Experiments**. Select **P2P App Updates,** then check the box to **Use P2P App Updater**.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fi7WFqeYeUKEYvHpfEKIb%2FSettings%20screen%20-%20Experiments.jpg?alt=media\&token=282daf20-f62e-4841-a75c-3408548708c1)  ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FBDQTYhxiNnU4HWsqLjYF%2FMm_Experiments_screen_P2P_App_Updates.jpg?alt=media\&token=7c723871-141f-40d7-be7b-9e0af1f76b28)![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FsWgdCNpgURxuDRI86F47%2FMm_P2P_App_Updates_screen_on.jpg?alt=media\&token=8dcc3171-75d5-4696-8497-c2ecb81f32eb)

### Check for available updates

Once you have enabled the P2P App Updates feature, you will be able to use it on the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FSn1FbGF79VfE9wgQYQOE%2Fapp_icons_Sync_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=401d7926-1a00-4ecb-a87e-9c0b0ebf52f6" alt="" data-size="line"> **Synchronize** screen.\
\
To search for and share Mapeo app updates between Mapeo Mobile devices, both smartphones must have the P2P App Updates feature enabled, have Mapeo open to the **Synchronize** screen, and be connected to the same Wi-Fi network.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FImgvHAiY35Z2hd3SjeYu%2FMm_sync_checking_p2p_updates.jpg?alt=media\&token=0d6d4f13-6eaa-44e9-8bc8-f305e25f43fb)

If a newer version of the app is available from another Mapeo device on the network, the update will be automatically downloaded.&#x20;

(If your device has a newer version than other devices the network, you will see the message "Sharing app updates with other devices.")

### Install app update

To install the newer version of Mapeo, wait until the download completes, then tap **INSTALL** on the **Synchronize** screen.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FzbFqBKmPJk0zNXP73zsz%2FMm_P2P_App_Updates_install.jpg?alt=media\&token=a0fa727b-c26d-4e7d-b7de-ab877dddd29c)

### Allow installs from Mapeo

After tapping **INSTALL**, you may see a security pop-up window saying that your phone is not allowed to install apps from this source.

To enable Mapeo to install updates, tap **Settings** in the pop-up window and toggle the switch to **Allow from this source** in the following Android Settings screen.

&#x20;![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fe522TJKC3uwQGpM6BIS7%2FMm_P2P_app_update_security_window.jpg?alt=media\&token=036833c6-0e9e-4a5d-bd94-31d2ab7c845c)![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FXyipdfM7OxA0n0kymLnr%2FMm_P2P_app_update_Android_settings_allow_install.jpg?alt=media\&token=2c8b9e02-b53c-4841-b928-f61b4b1554d8)

Tap the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F0ItNjEZXvdVtgj7jSdnm%2Fapp%20icons_back%20arrow.png?alt=media&amp;token=329f713a-1f8b-4644-b83a-e6f9ed496470" alt="" data-size="line"> **Back** button to return to Mapeo and confirm that you would like to install the update.

### Reopen Mapeo

When the installation is complete, Mapeo will close automatically. When you re-open Mapeo, you will see an update confirmation window. Tap **OK** to close the window and start using the new version of Mapeo.

&#x20;![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FM82zjwSlpgwUgXQGgIGQ%2FMm_P2P_update_complete_confirmation.jpg?alt=media\&token=fe305c51-04f7-4f33-a68b-a5c413d42838)


# Background Maps

**Mapeo Mobile** 5.5.0 introduces a new **Map Manager** user interface for importing and managing multiple background maps. The new experimental **Background Maps** feature allows you to add your own custom maps and switch between multiple maps.&#x20;

{% hint style="danger" %}
When this feature is enabled, you will not have access to the map you had previously been using in Mapeo. Turn off Map Manager to switch back to your previous map.&#x20;
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
For info on how to generate a map file in for use in the new Background Maps feature, see [Generating map files in .mbtiles format for the experimental Background Maps feature](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-base-maps/creating-custom-maps/creating-mbtiles)
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
Due to Android storage requirements the Map Manager can take up to three times as much storage as the size of the mbtiles you want to import, so be sure to have enough storage on the phone
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
Currently there are issues with loading large mbtiles with the map manager specially on lower-end phones. It's advised to use files with a maximum of 500mb as well as deleting other background maps before adding news ones
{% endhint %}

#### Turn on Background Maps

To activate the Background Maps feature:

1. Click on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FePeKKh1lMNl1CF7Emg5W%2Fapp%20icons_observation-list_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=1c312590-3e62-4bbb-8486-9d9c337625e8" alt="" data-size="line"> **Observations List,** then click on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHYjvA5GxV5cVDVny2SAW%2Fapp%20icons_Settings.png?alt=media&amp;token=73fa7753-ac3c-4d05-a0c0-9b658ae2168a" alt="" data-size="line"> **Settings** and select **Experiments.**
2. Select **Background Maps**, then click the checkbox to **Use Background Maps**.
3. Click on **Background Maps** below **Try it now** and again on **Background Maps** to enter the map manager.
4. With the generated mbtiles stored on the phone, click on **Add Background Map** and on\ <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FKy9QkcFni73ywhN3yB9Q%2Fupload.png?alt=media&amp;token=588da011-5357-4d3e-acf3-893c7b03beaf" alt="" data-size="line"> **Import from File** to add an existing mbtiles file to be loaded.
5. A progress bar indicating the file is loading will appear. This could take several minutes depending on the mbtiles file size and the phone's  processing power.
6. Once loading is done, select the new backgroud maps and click on **Use Map** in order to set it as the background map for Mapeo or ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FUFVkDMZQiESKYYf7F26n%2Fdelete.png?alt=media\&token=a187c0f1-3fbd-4ca1-9fed-88cc63173690) **Delete Map** to delete it.
7. On the home screen you can also click on ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FVRBbzbahzCd178XIrwKT%2Flayer.png?alt=media\&token=42ed63e0-7cd7-40f7-b01e-8d665588ae9f) **Background Maps**, to choose between the default map or imported custom maps.


# Security

The following features introduce options for further layers of security to protect Mapeo data:

* [App Passcode](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/experiments-turning-on-experimental-features/security/app-passcode)
* [Obscure Passcode](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/experiments-turning-on-experimental-features/security/obscure-passcode)


# App Passcode

**App Passcode** allows you&#x20;


# Obscure Passcode


# Importing configurations into Mapeo Mobile

To start using a custom configuration, you'll need to import the new configuration file into Mapeo Mobile. For more on configurations, see [Custom configurations](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations).

## Locate the configuration file

Download or copy the configuration file (eg. `example_project.mapeosettings`) onto your Android device. Note which folder the file was saved in.

{% hint style="info" %}
For sending configuration files (`.mapeosettings`) between smartphones with an internet connection, we recommend using the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FpDALqh8F4F0zksgYzXjs%2FTelegram-logo.png?alt=media&amp;token=7f6a3799-9d13-44f4-9353-5813643e4e7a" alt="" data-size="line"> **Telegram** app, as other messaging applications have problems with this file format.&#x20;

If you don't have an internet connection, you can copy the file from a computer using a <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FiFNM2K7aZhtIOMSrXYJp%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=51e7a58b-bd02-4ec4-876b-526895aa1632" alt="" data-size="line">**USB cable** or send the file using <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FqAUjTngbPl1D3dJJ7omL%2Fbluetooth.jpg?alt=media&amp;token=ac5f0024-e476-4a9d-aa20-486e89a17b44" alt="" data-size="line"> **Bluetooth**. Read more about how to send a file using these methods in [Sharing files between devices](/complete-reference-guide/troubleshooting/sharing-files-between-devices).
{% endhint %}

## Go to Settings

In the Mapeo Mobile app, tap the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FePeKKh1lMNl1CF7Emg5W%2Fapp%20icons_observation-list_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=1c312590-3e62-4bbb-8486-9d9c337625e8" alt="" data-size="line"> **Observations list** button, then the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHYjvA5GxV5cVDVny2SAW%2Fapp%20icons_Settings.png?alt=media&amp;token=73fa7753-ac3c-4d05-a0c0-9b658ae2168a" alt="" data-size="line"> **Settings** button.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FOWtJgqauOYPa6VPTbqnv%2FObservations_list_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=b1cc1533-fb24-4666-aa63-001ac550803a) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FOS9epqIPgPenpeEG6JLd%2FObservations_list_screen.jpg?alt=media\&token=c799c0ec-c4e7-480f-a8a4-b953672c44e4)

## Import configuration file

Select **Project configuration**, then tap **Import config**.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FexlTvcVrRWHDej5quGTK%2FSettings%20-%20Project%20config.jpg?alt=media\&token=7f29240b-7a5e-4212-9005-d76e6237a129) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FYPzxLjYkBys1v1dgR3Gf%2FImport%20config%20button.jpg?alt=media\&token=91a477a7-1fde-45db-b074-d26c3946bd8e)

Navigate to the folder that contains your configuration file and tap on the file.

{% hint style="info" %}
Files downloaded from the internet or a messaging application can generally be found in the **Downloads** folder.
{% endhint %}

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FxYHibANmXyIKZZibcwsX%2FImport_config_downloads_screen.jpg?alt=media\&token=e54a2147-9732-42a5-954f-33da8fd2f441)

## Confirm import

Click **OK** on the import confirmation window and verify that the **Project configuration** screen now displays the name of the new configuration.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FfK2mWFCtlRZu2uLi1yX3%2FMm_config_import_confirmation.jpg?alt=media\&token=39e15363-31d2-4cb0-8680-d7e3dd7d0889) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FfZmD21OCo01UnynykUh9%2FProject%20Config%20-%20IMW%20config.jpg?alt=media\&token=a693446b-3191-4b27-91e5-7ed9b3342216)

To start using the updated configuration, tap <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F0ItNjEZXvdVtgj7jSdnm%2Fapp%20icons_back%20arrow.png?alt=media&amp;token=329f713a-1f8b-4644-b83a-e6f9ed496470" alt="" data-size="line"> **Back** as many times as needed to return to the home screen and tap <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FKt7XSPfl9wrkCyzU6ODe%2Fcreate_observation.png?alt=media&amp;token=2ba2b5c3-8d92-4cfd-9823-ba6ea8923b9c" alt="" data-size="line">**Create observation**. The **Categories** screen will now display the icons and category names of your custom configuration.

> ▶ Video available: [How to identify which configuration is Mapeo Mobile using](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SaSxCBGjZiM\&list=PLI10lL3Yr-k2MUMquVTaQxZoiQqfT_eID\&index=6\&t=65s)
>
> ▶ Video available: [How to import a custom configuration to Mapeo Mobile](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PNodALVTG5w\&list=PLI10lL3Yr-k2MUMquVTaQxZoiQqfT_eID\&index=7\&t=20s)


# Adding custom background maps to Mapeo Mobile

By default, Mapeo Mobile uses a[ ](/complete-reference-guide/will-mapeo-work-out-of-the-box-for-me/default-base-map)[background map](/complete-reference-guide/will-mapeo-work-out-of-the-box-for-me/default-base-map) that shows some geographic elements such as rivers and mountains, as well as some political and urban elements such as borders, cities, roads, etc.&#x20;

If you have a [custom background map](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-base-maps) prepared, you can add it and use it in Mapeo Mobile without affecting the data you have collected. (For more on creating custom background maps, see [Custom background maps](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-base-maps).)

{% hint style="info" %}
*November 2022 update:* We have just added a new experimental feature to manage multiple background maps, as part of a greater effort to simplify the process of generating and adding custom background maps to Mapeo. \
\
For more on how to test this feature, see: [Background Maps](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/experiments-turning-on-experimental-features/background-maps).
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
Adding a background map to Mapeo currently requires navigating the File Manager on your smartphone and copy-pasting elements in the internal file system. A mistake in this process could cause irreversible undesired effects.
{% endhint %}

* <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F7NkfOdadFjuNRzbI4imN%2Flaptop-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=d3ccde3e-3202-4dd8-82e5-107b9dbe50ce" alt="" data-size="line"><img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FiFNM2K7aZhtIOMSrXYJp%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=51e7a58b-bd02-4ec4-876b-526895aa1632" alt="" data-size="line"><img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FDXe2NVusGHZbO9YBFFfw%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=592fefa4-2ea2-46ad-b47c-0bb12e8712d5" alt="" data-size="line">[**Using a computer, a USB cable, and your smartphone**](#adding-a-background-map-using-a-computer)

## Adding a background map using a computer

### Connect your smartphone to a computer

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FA2CosGkYZp3gEMQop0DJ%2Fimage.png?alt=media\&token=743ee5f7-e39f-4b20-82d5-6c161ebba458)

Unlock the screen of the smartphone and connect the device to a computer using a USB cable. Tap the **Charging this device via USB** notification. Under "Use USB for," select **File Transfer**.

{% hint style="info" %}
On Mac computers, you will need to have [Android File Transfer](https://www.android.com/filetransfer/) installed to view and transfer files to your Android phone.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
For troubleshooting with transferring files to your Android device from a computer, see the [Android Help page here](https://support.google.com/android/answer/9064445?hl=en#zippy=%2Cwindows-computer%2Cmac-computer%2Cchromebook).
{% endhint %}

### On your computer, locate and copy the contents of the Mapeo background map package

Mapeo background maps will often be shared as a compressed file`(.zip)`. If your background map is a `.zip` file, double-click the file to unzip it.

A Mapeo background map consists of several folders and files that need to be copied into the file system of Mapeo Mobile. Standard vector background maps for Mapeo will contain the file elements listed below - 3 folders and 2 files.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FDpZQowt6iUkQlbcVMxZi%2Fimage.png?alt=media\&token=aa1a81e7-41b4-415a-9fbc-f38acc00e71c)

{% hint style="info" %}
Raster background maps will contain different files and folders than those pictured above. Raster tile background maps for Mapeo consist of one folder (`tiles`) and one file (`style.json`).
{% endhint %}

Select and copy all of the elements found inside your background map folder.

### Paste the background map elements onto your smartphone

Once you have copied the contents of the background map folder, use the computer to browse through your smartphone to the correct folder within the Mapeo Mobile file system.&#x20;

Click on **Internal Shared Storage**, then on **Android**, **data**, **com.mapeo**. Then click on **files**, then on **styles,** and finally on **default**. Paste the background map elements into the **default** folder.&#x20;

The complete path of the default folder where you will paste the map elements is `Internal Shared Storage/Android/data/com.mapeo/files/styles/default`

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F69e6t8RLmgNaUQMWVHxA%2FAdd%20base%20map%20in%20mobile%20-%20part1%20\(2\).jpg?alt=media\&token=2463a3e4-0e7e-47fe-976a-8668a63644c3)

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FvhOw5mHF5q7ZIPl2rrT3%2FAdd%20base%20map%20in%20mobile%20-%20part2.jpg?alt=media\&token=20db841b-e6c7-45f4-8eb1-640fb9293f84)

### Restart Mapeo Mobile

Restart the Mapeo Mobile app. The new background map will appear on the home **Map** screen.&#x20;

{% hint style="info" %}
Loading a new background map for the first time in Mapeo Mobile can take <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FZ2r0Ho5bEsJbfg8Tq8Zy%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=4dd10eb0-3f5f-4310-95ad-0c04edfa5433" alt="" data-size="line">several minutes.
{% endhint %}


# Updating Mapeo Mobile

Like most existing apps, Mapeo Mobile is in continuous development. We frequently release new versions of the application to fix technical issues or add new functionality. When you **update** Mapeo Mobile, you do not lose data you have collected or synchronized using a previous version.

The process to update Mapeo Mobile is very similar to the installation process and there are 3 ways to do it:

* **Update from Play Store**\
  If you have an <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FOUwcAOhtNySaG3cWtP2s%2Finternet-connection-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=b14138ae-8722-47d2-a668-0bd99c9cbe4b" alt="" data-size="line">**internet connection**, update to the latest version of Mapeo Mobile from the <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/12JKLq6v4NOosOrMWed5oh6WPYPge3hcwt2nwsmC1Bdq4AUQoQWTqN9Z2T2sgzRBxmjKjDb4nB40Xv3mH3U5TxH88r4BKnj_p25ERgOKOYGEYNby3VLvSWnWjYKn2w" alt="" data-size="line"> [Google Play Store](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.mapeo\&hl=en_CA\&gl=US). The steps are the same as for installing Mapeo: [Installing Mapeo Mobile](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/installing-mapeo-mobile#install-from-play-store)<br>
* **Update from an APK file**\
  To update Mapeo Mobile on smartphones that have <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F56vK7OT8GuE0erNas7B3%2Fno-internet-connection-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=05fecd63-4092-4f4f-899f-68f5228e15ab" alt="" data-size="line">**no internet** **connection**, follow the same steps as for installing the app using an installation file (`.apk`), this time using a more recent installation file: [Installing Mapeo Mobile](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/installing-mapeo-mobile#install-from-apk-file)<br>
* [**Update via P2P App Updates**](#updating-mapeo-mobile-via-p2p-peer-to-peer-app-updates) (\*Experimental)\
  Mapeo Mobile currently includes an experimental feature that allows you to update the version of the application offline via a peer-to-peer connection over Wi-Fi. For more on how to update this way, see[#updating-mapeo-mobile-via-p2p-peer-to-peer-app-updates](#updating-mapeo-mobile-via-p2p-peer-to-peer-app-updates "mention")

{% hint style="info" %}
To update files used within Mapeo Mobile, such as configurations or background maps, follow the same steps detailed in the sections below using the new files:\
\
[Importing configurations into Mapeo Mobile](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/importing-configurations)[Adding custom background maps to Mapeo Mobile](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/adding-custom-base-maps-to-mapeo-mobile)&#x20;
{% endhint %}

### Other content related to Mapeo updates

* [#mapeo-versions-information-and-naming-conventions](#mapeo-versions-information-and-naming-conventions "mention")
* [#installation-files-for-older-versions-of-mapeo-mobile](#installation-files-for-older-versions-of-mapeo-mobile "mention")

## Mapeo versions - information and naming conventions

Mapeo uses a numerical system to name versions ( for example `v.5.4.0`). The numbers are labeled as follows: `v.MAJOR.MINOR.PATCH`.

* The MAJOR number indicates a breaking change - a change in this number could be related to how the software work or a change in how you use it. The MAJOR number increases if features that were previously part of the app are now removed.
* The MINOR number increases when new features have been added to Mapeo.
* The PACTH number increases if there are small updates or fixes that don’t introduce any new behavior or features.

If the MAJOR number increases, the MINOR and PATCH numbers are reset to 0. If the MINOR number increases, the PATH number is reset to 0.

{% hint style="info" %}
**To identify which version is more recent**, compare the version numbers (excluding the dots between digits). The bigger the number is, the newer the version is. For example, Mapeo v.5.4.0 is newer than Mapeo v.5.3.2, because 540 is a bigger number than 532.
{% endhint %}

## Installation files for older versions of Mapeo Mobile

To view all previous versions of Mapeo Mobile, including release notes for changes made in each version, see the [Mapeo Mobile Releases page on GitHub](https://github.com/digidem/mapeo-mobile/releases).

## Updating Mapeo Mobile via P2P (peer-to-peer) App Updates

Peer-to-peer (P2P) App Updates is an experimental feature that allows you to share and receive newer versions of the Mapeo app by connecting to other Mapeo devices via Wi-Fi (no internet connection required).&#x20;

When updating the Mapeo app version in this way, **NONE** of your Mapeo data (observations, configurations, or maps) is shared between devices.

For step-by-step instructions on using P2P App Updates, see: [P2P (peer-to-peer) App Updates](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/experiments-turning-on-experimental-features/p2p-peer-to-peer-app-updates)


# Mapeo Mobile use

This section provides step-by-step guidance on the use of the main features of Mapeo Mobile:

* [Activating GPS and viewing current location](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-use/activating-gps-and-viewing-current-location)
* [Creating observations](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-use/creating-observations)
* [Viewing observations](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-use/viewing-observations)
* [Editing and deleting observations](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-use/editing-and-deleting-observations)
* [Sharing data externally](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-use/sharing-data-externally)
* [Syncing data via Wi-Fi](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-use/wifi-sync)

{% hint style="info" %}
If you don't yet have Mapeo Mobile installed on your smartphone, see: [Mapeo Mobile installation & setup](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup)
{% endhint %}


# Activating GPS and viewing current location

## Enable GPS on your device

Mapeo Mobile uses the GPS of your device, so before you start using the application make sure that **GPS** or **Location** on your smartphone is enabled.

It will be different on each smartphone, but **GPS** or **Location** services can generally be found in the Quick Settings menu, which can be accessed by swiping down from the top of your screen.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FEME6aoYWNo9NtVSKWnaB%2FActivate%20GPS%20\(1\).jpg?alt=media\&token=a2d02027-b3c7-4d6e-9a17-02aaae694aed)

## Confirm GPS access in Mapeo Mobile

On the home screen of Mapeo Mobile, you will be able to see if Mapeo is successfully accessing your device's GPS.

* If GPS is activated, the **GPS details** button at the top of the screen will show a green dot and the precision of the GPS signal:\
  ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FozI7nt2s632boOsCAzaX%2Fgps.png?alt=media\&token=4332431e-0d91-405c-9588-be6c82217c58)
* If the GPS is deactivated, the **GPS details** button will be red:\
  ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FKklkqrRDq4G6k6lILJQw%2Fno-gps.png?alt=media\&token=37e97d92-349a-4c6d-b6fb-406db00f1126)

{% hint style="info" %}
If you activate the GPS on your device while you are using Mapeo, you might have to restart <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FBnlXQiDXSUwl79ooRjRE%2FMm-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=3235ef71-9f29-4ab3-89f0-4a605d81c8e6" alt="" data-size="line"> **Mapeo** for the app to recognize that the GPS is activated and change the status of the **GPS details** button.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="danger" %}
If you didn't allow Mapeo Mobile access to your phone's camera and GPS the first time you opened Mapeo, you won't be able to use GPS information or include pictures in your collected data. For more on modifying app permissions, see [I want to update Mapeo Mobile permissions](/complete-reference-guide/troubleshooting/updating-mapeo-mobile-permissions).
{% endhint %}

## View GPS details in Mapeo Mobile

Tap the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fdfo8kV3uDYVK7y4w7B6w%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=c2f8e718-070c-4c1c-95b8-01c63acf2724" alt="" data-size="line">**GPS details** button to see more information on your current location.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FzDdZQ2vNHiqQdsMcLSNk%2FHome%20screen%20-%20GPS%20button.jpg?alt=media\&token=3d4ebe12-c103-4239-8fe5-6de578239cd0)  ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FtV487L5YqYJM7TBIBsbf%2FGPS%20details%20screen.jpg?alt=media\&token=8086b9c0-89e3-4839-8d30-6746d389e568)

## Viewing your current location

By default, Mapeo Mobile will mark your current position with a blue dot at the center of the map and adjust the map as you move.

If you pan to a different area on the map, you can always return to viewing your current location by tapping the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FdXGTh9gC4CeHHpLEz3cO%2Fapp-icons_show-current-location.png?alt=media&amp;token=16c3fdd9-fd12-401d-9990-e36e10ccb45c" alt="" data-size="line"> **Show my current position** button on the bottom right of the map.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FrnFZLpLlQYh5U6LUeYBi%2FMm_show_current_location_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=b7f16bd1-5841-4439-8a1e-48c72f56ef4f)


# Creating observations

You collect data with Mapeo Mobile in the form of *observations*. An observation is based on a geographic location (a point on the map) and can have associated photos, notes, and details.

## Create a new observation

To create a new observation, tap the ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FKt7XSPfl9wrkCyzU6ODe%2Fcreate_observation.png?alt=media\&token=2ba2b5c3-8d92-4cfd-9823-ba6ea8923b9c)**Create observation** button.

&#x20;<img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FUiprlkojcACH4nmVogXT%2FCreate_observation_button.jpg?alt=media&amp;token=c54825dc-9d2a-4c20-bbc5-73cc1fa763fe" alt="" data-size="original">

{% hint style="info" %}
Observations can be created from the home <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FLppOwenXGCxOe0Yyp2gB%2Fapp-icons_Map_view.png?alt=media&amp;token=a54247c3-d850-41ab-b086-94d50df957c8" alt="" data-size="line"> **Map** screen or from the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FnOnNWilFWeq8jbaymOWN%2Fapp%20icons_Photo-Camera.png?alt=media&amp;token=800b0771-9a9d-416c-a76c-e8faad986a37" alt="" data-size="line"> **Camera** screen. Tap <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FnOnNWilFWeq8jbaymOWN%2Fapp%20icons_Photo-Camera.png?alt=media&amp;token=800b0771-9a9d-416c-a76c-e8faad986a37" alt="" data-size="line"> **Camera**  at the bottom of the home screen to change the view.
{% endhint %}

## Select a category

Select the category that best represents what you are documenting in the observation. Mapeo comes with a default set of categories and associated icons that can be used for collecting and classifying data.

### ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHhaRAR7erw5ltWsD8Bg1%2FCategories_screen.jpg?alt=media\&token=ac8a5697-8b16-4a73-ada6-5fed3e8a18ad)

{% hint style="info" %}
It is possible to create custom categories and icons to tailor Mapeo to specific data collection needs. This customization currently requires significant technical knowledge. For more on customization, see [Custom configurations](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations).
{% endhint %}

## Add a description

Tap on the placeholder **What is happening here?** to add a description of what you are documenting.

&#x20;![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fhn5vJbLMMiqaCY9CwgPc%2FAdd_description.jpg?alt=media\&token=743845ed-323f-4e43-bcc3-efb0dd58e324)

## Add photos

Tap <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FnOnNWilFWeq8jbaymOWN%2Fapp%20icons_Photo-Camera.png?alt=media&amp;token=800b0771-9a9d-416c-a76c-e8faad986a37" alt="" data-size="line"> **Add Photo** to take one or more photos to attach to the observation.

&#x20;![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fvit8v0E8YdjnhPhN5ng6%2FMm_new_observation_add_photo.jpg?alt=media\&token=e48ef235-0496-4c9d-bf8d-862c935aa335)

{% hint style="info" %}
Photos must be taken in the moment using your phone's camera. Mapeo Mobile does not currently allow you to attach existing images from a gallery or other source.
{% endhint %}

To remove a photo from a draft observation, tap on the thumbnail of the image. On the **View image** screen, tap the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fjynd9LyM6b4noE8IKFUB%2FDelete_image_icon_35.png?alt=media&amp;token=0b774ef1-9266-42be-8f3d-62731d48f00c" alt="" data-size="line">**Delete Image** button.

{% hint style="info" %}
If the **Delete Image** button is not visible on the **View image** screen, tap anywhere on the screen to show.\
\
\*Deleting images from draft observations is only available in Mapeo Mobile version **5.4.0** or higher.
{% endhint %}

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FrEnrXjVsVFPKK3uwUzAY%2FMm_Delete_photo_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=6f64c9c3-1921-4b38-b54a-9a0c56b41a41)&#x20;

To confirm deletion, tap **Delete Image** in the confirmation window. Please note that once deleted, images cannot be recovered.

If you don't wish to proceed with the deletion, tap **Cancel** then tap the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FlafgQtEec7Y1nYzWwa2s%2Ficon-close-35px-02.png?alt=media&amp;token=eb9dda31-99e7-43f3-8adb-b958aa4e1acc" alt="" data-size="line"> **Close** button to return to the **New observation** screen.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FE82IBLZYp5zq3DHYr9mZ%2FMm_Delete_photo_confirmation.jpg?alt=media\&token=197dfe3b-d9c9-4907-85f3-371a878b1882)

{% hint style="info" %}
Images cannot be removed once an observation has been saved.
{% endhint %}

## Add details

Depending on the category you have selected, you may see the option to <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FEKr72DV8L4pqNES64YLO%2Fapp%20icons_Details.png?alt=media&amp;token=a8402648-971b-4362-b583-4ae83ce4906b" alt="" data-size="line"> **Add details** at the bottom of the screen. Observation details consist of specific questions for each observation category. Mapeo Mobile comes with basic questions for some categories. Adding details is not required when creating observations.

Tap <mark style="color:blue;">**NEXT**</mark> to move to the next question and tap <mark style="color:blue;">**DONE**</mark> once you have answered the last one.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHuSCvuMDOB7KZGpAldNr%2FMm_add_details_button_75pxMed30.jpg?alt=media\&token=73a22004-9db0-45d5-ae0c-f112c4744f4d)  ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FoaTojBXRdajVjH41shs4%2FForm%20-%20camp%20category%20-%20select%20DONE.jpg?alt=media\&token=1925eafe-8a80-4a51-8b8e-021fb839e7dc)

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FtgSwPctNlXdvqNpFPiQx%2FView%20observation%20screen%20-%20add%20Details%20select.jpg?alt=media\&token=d236b049-2064-4c06-a021-26000f75414f) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FoaTojBXRdajVjH41shs4%2FForm%20-%20camp%20category%20-%20select%20DONE.jpg?alt=media\&token=1925eafe-8a80-4a51-8b8e-021fb839e7dc)

{% hint style="info" %}
In order to set up your own custom questions or details fields, you must customize Mapeo. For more information, see [Custom configurations](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations)
{% endhint %}

## Save observation

Once you have added all desired information, tap <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FcnhddBdhtlMuGSVKUARK%2Fapp_icons_save_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=dc9bbfff-0e90-4bae-b6cc-3800a8e551c3" alt="" data-size="line"> **Save**.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FMHv0sH46o8jgtCMZQZ2o%2FSave%20observation.jpg?alt=media\&token=9c2b897f-acad-459b-9ca6-773e9c73dbe2)

### \* Note on GPS precision

If the GPS signal at the moment of saving the observation has an accuracy worse than ± 10 m, Mapeo will automatically offer you three options:

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FD4h6Gy92pxFng3Nv4Iw0%2FWeak%20GPS%20signal%20message%20with%20cover.jpg?alt=media\&token=19217289-355f-48c3-a33e-37cddea94e58)

1. Tap **CONTINUE WAITING** to wait until the GPS signal improves.
2. Tap **SAVE** to use the current GPS data, even if the accuracy is worse than ± 10 m.
3. Tap **MANUAL COORDS** to manually enter the coordinates that you want to use.\
   \
   ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FrcUTqpZYf7aZCpew1jYF%2FWeak%20GPS%20signal%20message%20-%20manual%20coords%20option.jpg?alt=media\&token=3ad0bece-5ed1-4f57-b345-c333f9e357c4)\
   \
   You can choose which GPS data format you want to use to enter the coordinates. This is a useful option if you have a GPS device or another smartphone with a better GPS signal accuracy.\
   \
   ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FcRUTTQssTkg57loMk0NG%2FEnter%20coordinates%20screen%20-%20menu%20to%20chose%20format.jpg?alt=media\&token=3ac386bc-6f43-49c9-9cdc-aea3a1ac4eaa) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FoIsIjvAeE5J294MIY4kU%2FEnter%20coordinates%20screen%20-%20choose%20GPS%20format%20with%20cover.jpg?alt=media\&token=6d539b6f-185e-461a-8151-374852fa4b60)\
   \
   Tap <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FcnhddBdhtlMuGSVKUARK%2Fapp_icons_save_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=dc9bbfff-0e90-4bae-b6cc-3800a8e551c3" alt="" data-size="line"> **Save** once you have manually entered the coordinates to return to the **Edit observation** screen.


# Viewing observations

Once you have created one or more observations, you can view the data you have collected on the home <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FLppOwenXGCxOe0Yyp2gB%2Fapp-icons_Map_view.png?alt=media&amp;token=a54247c3-d850-41ab-b086-94d50df957c8" alt="" data-size="line"> **Map** screen or in a list.

## View observations on the map

On the home <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FLppOwenXGCxOe0Yyp2gB%2Fapp-icons_Map_view.png?alt=media&amp;token=a54247c3-d850-41ab-b086-94d50df957c8" alt="" data-size="line"> **Map** screen of Mapeo Mobile, each observation you collect will be marked on the map with an orange dot.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FZFoibTnVXxsJ1vSfpYFR%2FHome_map_screen_with_data.jpg?alt=media\&token=5a8613dc-e139-417e-b69b-59cca2f440e0)

{% hint style="info" %}
Note that observations you have just collected may appear directly below the blue dot marking your current location. Zoom in on the map to view better
{% endhint %}

To view the details of an observation, tap on the orange dot marking the observation to open the **View observation** screen.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FOmMMfWBEKEObW7WipFoh%2FHome%20screen%20-%20tab%20an%20observation%20dot.jpg?alt=media\&token=8c04efd3-ef3f-475b-b883-0076ac200138) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FhwwAsEKxmYHRfoTzvDGG%2FView_observation_screen.jpg?alt=media\&token=bfe50173-6904-453a-95ae-6ea32edb923d)

{% hint style="info" %}
If you have collected several observations in a small geographic area, you may need to zoom in on the map to see the different points.
{% endhint %}

## View observations in a list

Tap <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FePeKKh1lMNl1CF7Emg5W%2Fapp%20icons_observation-list_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=1c312590-3e62-4bbb-8486-9d9c337625e8" alt="" data-size="line"> **Observations list** on the home screen to view your observations in list form.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FOWtJgqauOYPa6VPTbqnv%2FObservations_list_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=b1cc1533-fb24-4666-aa63-001ac550803a) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FOS9epqIPgPenpeEG6JLd%2FObservations_list_screen.jpg?alt=media\&token=c799c0ec-c4e7-480f-a8a4-b953672c44e4)

To view the details of an observation, tap on any observation in the list to open the **View observation** screen.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FATXQXVZTh5f0kM20XLTh%2FSelect%20observation%20in%20Observation%20List.jpg?alt=media\&token=e038db38-6c1d-4ab7-bc71-d195c9f4d2bf) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FhwwAsEKxmYHRfoTzvDGG%2FView_observation_screen.jpg?alt=media\&token=bfe50173-6904-453a-95ae-6ea32edb923d)

***


# Editing and deleting observations

## Edit details

Select the observation you would like to edit and open it. You can open the observation by tapping on the dot marking the observation on the home <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FLppOwenXGCxOe0Yyp2gB%2Fapp-icons_Map_view.png?alt=media&amp;token=a54247c3-d850-41ab-b086-94d50df957c8" alt="" data-size="line"> **Map** screen:

&#x20;![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FOmMMfWBEKEObW7WipFoh%2FHome%20screen%20-%20tab%20an%20observation%20dot.jpg?alt=media\&token=8c04efd3-ef3f-475b-b883-0076ac200138)

or by tapping the observation on the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FePeKKh1lMNl1CF7Emg5W%2Fapp%20icons_observation-list_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=1c312590-3e62-4bbb-8486-9d9c337625e8" alt="" data-size="line"> **Observations list** screen:

&#x20;![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FOWtJgqauOYPa6VPTbqnv%2FObservations_list_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=b1cc1533-fb24-4666-aa63-001ac550803a) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FATXQXVZTh5f0kM20XLTh%2FSelect%20observation%20in%20Observation%20List.jpg?alt=media\&token=e038db38-6c1d-4ab7-bc71-d195c9f4d2bf)

Once you are on the **View observation** screen, tap <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F5CX3nlwlhAczCQTJMpNt%2Fapp_icons_edit_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=86bf857b-570d-451f-8a6d-ebb88f493598" alt="" data-size="line"> **Edit observation** to modify the information collected.

&#x20;![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FyHdrOeUQ7B6ExfEHw4Ln%2FEdit_observation_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=68ec6481-f1be-43de-983f-52f17fe9f4a5)

In the **Edit observation** screen, you can change the category of the point, edit the description and details, or add additional photos.

{% hint style="info" %}
In Mapeo Mobile, you can only edit or delete observations that have been created on your device. You cannot change the geographic location saved with the observation or the date and time of the original observation.
{% endhint %}

## Save changes

Tap <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FcnhddBdhtlMuGSVKUARK%2Fapp_icons_save_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=dc9bbfff-0e90-4bae-b6cc-3800a8e551c3" alt="" data-size="line"> **Save** to save the changes you have made. Tap <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F0ItNjEZXvdVtgj7jSdnm%2Fapp%20icons_back%20arrow.png?alt=media&amp;token=329f713a-1f8b-4644-b83a-e6f9ed496470" alt="" data-size="line"> **Back** to return the **Map** view.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FMHv0sH46o8jgtCMZQZ2o%2FSave%20observation.jpg?alt=media\&token=9c2b897f-acad-459b-9ca6-773e9c73dbe2)

To exit without saving your changes, tap <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F0ItNjEZXvdVtgj7jSdnm%2Fapp%20icons_back%20arrow.png?alt=media&amp;token=329f713a-1f8b-4644-b83a-e6f9ed496470" alt="" data-size="line"> **Back** and confirm you want to discard changes.

## Delete observations

To delete an observation you have collected, scroll to the bottom of the **View observation** screen and tap <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FwMtxqtt4KljVxkQhQIKJ%2Fapp%20icons_Delete-trash.png?alt=media&amp;token=7f1a4311-fd70-4c77-a3fc-b412822dd95b" alt="" data-size="line"> **Delete**.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FANbCYNuqh9QtcULfahKJ%2FDelete_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=f58c8621-598f-49fa-b046-71042d127045)

{% hint style="info" %}
In Mapeo Mobile, you can only delete observations that have been created on your device.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="danger" %}
**Deleting observations cannot be undone, so exercise caution when using delete.**

As Mapeo uses a peer-to-peer database, all data is stored directly on your device and there is no backup on a centralized server. By deleting observations, you will permanently remove them from your device and all devices you synchronize data with in the future.\
\
For more on synchronization, see [Peer-to-peer & Mapeo sync](/overview/about-mapeo/peer-to-peer-and-mapeo-sync)
{% endhint %}


# Sharing data externally

In Mapeo Mobile, you can share the details of a single observation (location, images, description, and details) with a contact outside of Mapeo by using the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FGr58X7ounwbPqTVrIBfp%2Fapp_icons_share_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=38bf5420-efcf-427a-a837-f0d9eefcca55" alt="" data-size="line"> **Share observation** feature. **Share** uses the communication apps you have installed on your phone (email, WhatsApp, Signal, Telegram, or others) to send information.

{% hint style="info" %}
Remember that communication apps will require an internet connection or cell signal to work.
{% endhint %}

Open the **View observation** screen for the selected observation and tap <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FGr58X7ounwbPqTVrIBfp%2Fapp_icons_share_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=38bf5420-efcf-427a-a837-f0d9eefcca55" alt="" data-size="line"> **Share**, which is located at the bottom left of the screen.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FATXQXVZTh5f0kM20XLTh%2FSelect%20observation%20in%20Observation%20List.jpg?alt=media\&token=e038db38-6c1d-4ab7-bc71-d195c9f4d2bf) ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FVG5Nd0RdpO6900seFa5K%2FShare_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=53bbe611-005f-4c6b-816c-4d7d33080965)

Select the desired sharing app and enter the contact's information. <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F1mfu18HzOKIV35mcksox%2FWhatsApp.svg.png?alt=media&amp;token=74f31751-553f-4a17-b540-a5f718f7e4e9" alt="" data-size="line">WhatsApp, <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FtEq0JgYCDXpxdNCdvGoD%2Fsignal-logo-20A1616F60-seeklogo.com(1).png?alt=media&amp;token=d7d706ee-bd20-4be5-8d98-6a87604c16b6" alt="" data-size="line">Signal and <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FmvUomXGaeDUWSDEUTQTz%2FGmail-logo.png?alt=media&amp;token=49125f0b-72b0-4de3-80d2-93b0a673e094" alt="" data-size="line">Gmail are the apps that currently work best for sharing Mapeo observations.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FsSBpdI97L98ryuwQWzyG%2FShare%20observation%20\(2\).jpg?alt=media\&token=a15c4e3f-f05c-4e83-add5-37eb39ee7b4c)

{% hint style="warning" %}
Always exercise caution when sharing data collected, as observations could include sensitive information about locations, activities, or natural resources. Prior to sharing any data, think through basic security precautions.

For more on risk assessment and security concerns, see [Security & risk assessment](/complete-reference-guide/essentials-for-a-successful-mapeo-project/security-and-risk-assessment)
{% endhint %}


# Syncing data via Wi-Fi

## About Mapeo Sync

Mapeo Mobile allows you to synchronize the data you have collected with other Mapeo users that are members of the same project. **Syncing data does not require an internet connection and can be done in entirely offline areas**.

For devices to sync, both need to be in the same place and connected to the same<img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FDHe66k8BgO3CLduIOMqb%2Fwifi-cropped-01.png?alt=media&amp;token=3f740514-706b-4f72-91cf-85a0478e03f6" alt="" data-size="line"> Wi-Fi network. **This Wi-Fi network does not need to have an internet connection**. In offline environments, a local WiFi network can be created using a <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHnpL8j9EQAmb44felQiB%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=181fe13d-955c-4d73-a13c-941201fc7654" alt="" data-size="line">mobile wireless router, or by creating a <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FfX88hkZbjBkYcDtCFCmU%2Fhotspot-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=2433ecc7-d433-4b74-8674-c9854c45fcc2" alt="" data-size="line">hotspot using a third smartphone.

![In offline environments, you can create a local WiFi network (without internet) using a mobile wireless router.](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FbXjT15yhDWvTtUJgtZH2%2Fimage.png?alt=media\&token=83ac95b2-0422-4a22-ade0-a2eb556203e1)

{% hint style="warning" %}
Please note that by synchronizing with another Mapeo user, **ALL DATA is shared in both directions**. You will receive all of the observations created by that user and they will receive all of your observations. Only synchronize with members of your project whom you trust with all of your data. For more about this process, see [Peer-to-peer & Mapeo sync](/overview/about-mapeo/peer-to-peer-and-mapeo-sync).

All edits that have been made to collected data will also be transferred to the other device during sync. For example, if a person deletes or edits an observation and then syncs with other devices, this observation will be deleted or edited on all synced devices. If multiple users edit the same observation before syncing with each other, the changes that will prevail after syncing are the newest ones. If you encounter difficulties with this, see [I have sync issues](/complete-reference-guide/troubleshooting/solving-sync-issues).

It is important to create project **synchronization protocols** to ensure that all data becomes part of the project database. For more on that, see [Creating user protocols](/complete-reference-guide/essentials-for-a-successful-mapeo-project/creating-user-protocols).
{% endhint %}

## Connect to WiFi

Connect both devices to the same Wi-Fi network. **Wi-Fi** settings can generally be found in the Quick Settings menu, which can be accessed by swiping down from the top of your screen.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FH9Fx6YqIt4EHjSaVd4Hd%2FWiFi%20phone%20activate.jpg?alt=media\&token=b18f898c-7bb7-427b-b9f1-b1b6866d58dc)

{% hint style="info" %}
For more on how to connect to Wi-Fi, see [I want to connect to Wi-Fi](/complete-reference-guide/troubleshooting/solving-sync-issues/connecting-to-wi-fi#connect-to-wi-fi-on-a-smartphone).
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
For more on how to create a local Wi-Fi network, see [I want to create local Wi-Fi networks](/complete-reference-guide/troubleshooting/solving-sync-issues/creating-local-wi-fi-networks)
{% endhint %}

## Enter Synchronize mode

Tap the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FSn1FbGF79VfE9wgQYQOE%2Fapp_icons_Sync_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=401d7926-1a00-4ecb-a87e-9c0b0ebf52f6" alt="" data-size="line"> **Synchronize** button on the Mapeo home screen of both devices to go to the **Synchronize** screen.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FoYMWNY2sfaw8yJMGRTVw%2FSync_screen_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=be6828ea-6f22-46ab-a3e9-e30b0c36de8e)

\
The **Synchronize** screen will show whether you are connected to a Wi-Fi network. If connected, you will be able to see the name of the network you are connected to in the top left of the **navy blue bar**. You will also be able to see the unique identification number of your device on the right side of the navy bar.

Devices available for synchronization will be listed below.\
\
​![](https://files.gitbook.com/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FLMfz6FgtUzVMUJtIYZow%2FSync_screen_with_mobile.jpg?alt=media\&token=460df577-a234-4375-8db4-b4f31201e8e8)​

{% hint style="info" %}
Remember that in order for a device to appear in the list, it must be connected to the same network, have the **Synchronize** screen open, and be using the same project configuration. For troubleshooting on this step, see [I have sync issues](/complete-reference-guide/troubleshooting/solving-sync-issues).
{% endhint %}

## Synchronize data

Once available devices appear in the list, confirm the identity of the device you plan to synchronize with by consulting the unique identification number on the other user's phone.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F0U9Ofz50ysMejZczbjlQ%2FSync_screen_mobile_sync_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=f2307915-d835-4c1d-8e41-72f8153bf963)

Click on the **Sync** button beside the device name to begin the exchange of data.&#x20;

{% hint style="warning" %}
**IMPORTANT**: Keep the **Synchronize** screen open on BOTH devices until the synchronization is complete. Interrupting the sync process can result in permanently corrupted data.
{% endhint %}

## View synced observations

You can view new observation data received in the synchronization by looking at the points on the home <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FLppOwenXGCxOe0Yyp2gB%2Fapp-icons_Map_view.png?alt=media&amp;token=a54247c3-d850-41ab-b086-94d50df957c8" alt="" data-size="line"> **Map** screen or at the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FePeKKh1lMNl1CF7Emg5W%2Fapp%20icons_observation-list_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=1c312590-3e62-4bbb-8486-9d9c337625e8" alt="" data-size="line"> **Observations list** screen.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FOWtJgqauOYPa6VPTbqnv%2FObservations_list_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=b1cc1533-fb24-4666-aa63-001ac550803a)  ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FKXkRaw1sF5fIX5y1xS6c%2FObservations_list_screen_with_synced_data.jpg?alt=media\&token=54193610-b4e3-4e5f-9c50-ab8fe2d7e9d3)

In the **Observations list** screen, observations collected by other devices will appear with a blue bar on the left side.

{% hint style="info" %}
In Mapeo Mobile, you cannot edit or delete observations collected by other users.\
\
Remember that you can always view, edit and manage collected data in Mapeo Desktop. For more on that, see: [Mapeo Desktop for managing Mapeo Mobile data (Observations mode)](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data)
{% endhint %}


# Mapeo Desktop installation & setup

This section will cover all the necessary steps to install and set up Mapeo Desktop on your computer:

* [Installing Mapeo Desktop](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-installation-setup/installing-mapeo-desktop)
* [Choosing Mapeo Desktop language](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-installation-setup/app-settings)
* [Importing configurations to Mapeo Desktop](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-installation-setup/importing-configurations)
* [Adding custom background maps to Mapeo Desktop](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-installation-setup/adding-custom-base-maps-to-mapeo-desktop)
* [Updating Mapeo Desktop](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-installation-setup/updating-mapeo-desktop)

Before you start, make sure that:

* Your computer <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FQfXd05MMNW1Cpwwj6TBc%2Fbattery-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=c73232c4-b37c-4cea-9250-65d1dce3ac99" alt="" data-size="line"> battery is fully charged or you have access to a charger and ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F26zcXOJQTQ2hYhcCE1m3%2Fplug-icon.png?alt=media\&token=2c6ddc7b-f123-4354-9656-bd2cb2dc7c52)electrical outlet.
* Your computer is <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fmj9Wy0NJilCiVDivdUw2%2Fvirus-free-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=d79104cc-9599-4203-83d5-d4636fa47dca" alt="" data-size="line"> virus-free.


# Installing Mapeo Desktop

Mapeo Desktop is available for <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FV424jtBlIDIMmyzNix8I%2FWindows-logo.png?alt=media&amp;token=ead78fdc-baf8-470f-96e6-12df2d939aef" alt="" data-size="line">Windows, <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F4IExkxkwEAmbljl0puJO%2Fmac.png?alt=media&amp;token=df9f885f-ab10-4387-8b3c-038174fefabb" alt="" data-size="line"> MacOS and <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FWka8tjOEpagF400c3Tao%2Flinux.png?alt=media&amp;token=a69d1e35-7b47-4df4-a0e2-54bfff5cc638" alt="" data-size="line">Linux and can be downloaded for free from the [Mapeo website](https://www.digital-democracy.org/mapeo/).

{% hint style="info" %}
If you are planning to install the application on a computer that does not have an internet connection, make sure to download the installation file prior to going offline.\
\
For more details on offline installation, see [#installing-offline](#installing-offline "mention") below.
{% endhint %}

## Download the installation file

If you have an internet connection, you can download the Mapeo Desktop installation file for free from <http://mapeo.app>.

{% hint style="info" %}
It is important to select and use the correct installation file for your operating system:

* <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FV424jtBlIDIMmyzNix8I%2FWindows-logo.png?alt=media&amp;token=ead78fdc-baf8-470f-96e6-12df2d939aef" alt="" data-size="line">Windows:`.exe`
* <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F4IExkxkwEAmbljl0puJO%2Fmac.png?alt=media&amp;token=df9f885f-ab10-4387-8b3c-038174fefabb" alt="" data-size="line"> macOS: `.dmg` or `.zip`
* <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FWka8tjOEpagF400c3Tao%2Flinux.png?alt=media&amp;token=a69d1e35-7b47-4df4-a0e2-54bfff5cc638" alt="" data-size="line"> Linux:`.AppImage`
  {% endhint %}

Go to the [mapeo.app](https://www.digital-democracy.org/mapeo/) website and click on **Download.** A download of the installation file for your operating system should start automatically.\
\
If the download does not start automatically, or if you'd like to download installation files to use on another operating system, you can find download options at the bottom of the page.

![](https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/E_z0p4l7yCsYHL4JCBHYKPTwexwyuZmUeCocPedWk4kAiP-fA5dHCBpNmQA6oMBuUd34X3-w8MbF_Za6rUehwNBb3z-Stkr6FnXExz2YPkSW61MNpeME7Nt6xZdlPA)

Once you have the installation file downloaded, follow the detailed steps in the sections below to install Mapeo Desktop on the appropriate operating system for your computer:

* <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FV424jtBlIDIMmyzNix8I%2FWindows-logo.png?alt=media&amp;token=ead78fdc-baf8-470f-96e6-12df2d939aef" alt="" data-size="line"> [**Install on Windows**](#install-on-windows)
* <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F4IExkxkwEAmbljl0puJO%2Fmac.png?alt=media&amp;token=df9f885f-ab10-4387-8b3c-038174fefabb" alt="" data-size="line"> [**Install on macOS**](#installation-on-macos)
* <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FWka8tjOEpagF400c3Tao%2Flinux.png?alt=media&amp;token=a69d1e35-7b47-4df4-a0e2-54bfff5cc638" alt="" data-size="line"> [**Install on Linux**](#install-on-linux)

## Install on Windows

1. If you don't yet have the installation file for Windows, [download it](#download-the-installation-file).
2. Find the Mapeo installation file (`.exe`) on your computer and double click on it to install. If you get a security message from your operating system, click on **Execute anyway**.\\

![](https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/Tsq5jLMWd1wSHKbDzVT_WFc-bUSBtbn3gj-6ta8YqJzQzXqoHDQ5Jw6ehXNz_1ZopSYMZMN0O5ZZ6L4gM5Vuva08ZwHe1mzo0zPZCyK5r10qXb26CtMb1Twbf-l2CA)

Mapeo Desktop will open automatically when the installation process finishes. If not, go to your computer's desktop or **Apps** and click the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FFAdFfIFGpMRnNzVDcK6i%2FMd-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=f55b5fc0-8c3c-42e4-ad1b-02b2aa4a7889" alt="" data-size="line"> **Mapeo Desktop** icon to open the application.

## Install on macOS ​

1. If you don't yet have the installation file for macOS, [download it](#download-the-installation-file).
2. Find the Mapeo installation file (`.dmg`) on your computer and double click on it to open.
3. Drag the Mapeo icon into your **Applications** folder.\
   \
   ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FSfwjdKlcGBcMqK8vwN2r%2FScreen%20Shot%202021-12-21%20at%202.02.59%20PM.png?alt=media\&token=c30bc865-68d0-43a6-add7-83ff289b39fd)
4. Once the install is complete, find <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FFAdFfIFGpMRnNzVDcK6i%2FMd-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=f55b5fc0-8c3c-42e4-ad1b-02b2aa4a7889" alt="" data-size="line"> **Mapeo** in your **Applications** folder and double click it to open.

{% hint style="warning" %}
If you receive a security message that Mapeo cannot be opened, go to **System Preferences**, then select **Security & Privacy.**<br>

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fnc2rGs5kshEUMo8YHxdq%2FMac_system_settings_security.png?alt=media\&token=dc6a362f-bb5f-4f4f-b2de-1239519fecd5)\
\
On the bottom half of the window, you should see the message "Mapeo was blocked from use because it is not from an identified developer." Click on **Open anyway**, then on **Open** in the pop-up confirmation window. Mapeo Desktop will then open automatically.\
\
![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FYeMFzv0gj2BGyb2stK6A%2FMac_security_open_anyway.png?alt=media\&token=1101ae34-ef27-4932-a3d0-b2fee26b1097)
{% endhint %}

## Install on Linux

### Download installation file

If you don't have the installation file for Linux, [download it](#download-the-installation-file).

### Enable executable permissions

In order to install from the `.AppImage` file, you'll need to ensure that the file has permissions to run as a program. Find where the installation file was saved on your computer and right-click the file. Select **Properties** from the menu.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FpR99VCw8U8jC2GZkGqXz%2FLinux_right_click_appImage.jpg?alt=media\&token=57c78c46-1e26-4074-b94d-50c7678a6746)

Click on the Permissions tab at the top of the Properties window, then click the checkbox to **Allow this file to run as a program**.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FweVpSvttjlKB59Rxirzi%2FLinux_allow_executable_permissions.jpg?alt=media\&token=c88deb4a-cf0d-4505-b46e-6ac83692d436)

### Install

Double click the `.AppImage` file and Mapeo Desktop should open automatically.

## Installing offline <a href="#installing-offline" id="installing-offline"></a>

If you [previously downloaded](#download-the-installation-file) or have access to an installation file, you can use it install Mapeo Desktop on other computers <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FQp54LKiQ8q6BmcYZAU7l%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=7cf44330-57a0-4323-8f8c-6c4fbb4868de" alt="" data-size="line"> without an internet connection.

{% hint style="info" %}
You can copy the installation file to another computer using a <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHqBKmcRbFkmWEbwH64md%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=253323a4-7697-4e9c-a5ac-8b62ebc7bc4d" alt="" data-size="line">USB drive or send it via <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FqAUjTngbPl1D3dJJ7omL%2Fbluetooth.jpg?alt=media&amp;token=ac5f0024-e476-4a9d-aa20-486e89a17b44" alt="" data-size="line"> Bluetooth. This does not require an internet connection. For more on these methods, see [Sharing files between devices](/complete-reference-guide/troubleshooting/sharing-files-between-devices).
{% endhint %}

Now that you have pasted the installation file onto another computer, follow these steps to install Mapeo:

* <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FV424jtBlIDIMmyzNix8I%2FWindows-logo.png?alt=media&amp;token=ead78fdc-baf8-470f-96e6-12df2d939aef" alt="" data-size="line"> [**Install on Windows**](#install-on-windows)
* <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F4IExkxkwEAmbljl0puJO%2Fmac.png?alt=media&amp;token=df9f885f-ab10-4387-8b3c-038174fefabb" alt="" data-size="line"> [**Install on macOS**](#installation-on-macos)
* <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FWka8tjOEpagF400c3Tao%2Flinux.png?alt=media&amp;token=a69d1e35-7b47-4df4-a0e2-54bfff5cc638" alt="" data-size="line"> [**Install on Linux**](#install-on-linux)


# Choosing Mapeo Desktop language

Mapeo Desktop is currently available in Spanish (es), English (en), Portuguese (pt) and French (fr), Thai (th), Vietnamese (vi) and Khmer (km), but it can be translated into any language using [Crowdin](https://crowdin.com). For more on translation, see: [Translating Mapeo & default configurations](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/translating).

Changing the language of Mapping Desktop is a simple step and does not affect the data collected or the categories used to create observations. Mapeo Desktop should open initially in the current language you have selected for your computer's operating system.\
\
To change the Mapeo Desktop language:

1. Open <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FFAdFfIFGpMRnNzVDcK6i%2FMd-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=f55b5fc0-8c3c-42e4-ad1b-02b2aa4a7889" alt="" data-size="line"> **Mapeo Desktop**.
2. On the **Top menu** bar, click on **View** and select **Change language**.
3. Select the desired language and click on <mark style="color:blue;">**SUBMIT**</mark>. You may see a white screen for a few seconds as the interface language changes.

![](https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/kLFIM6fzcbeJmbZphm-IMpd-fKRPZw9n_D5ACSQm-F_ZiYccPo44MBIZKq6mvY97mRy9dT2mIwRjKqKqsXidyVo8wg4Yu-9H5oDxrHRADAk7EoOIvd5fjpjEmF_7oQ)

{% hint style="warning" %}
If the language does not change automatically, restart Mapeo Desktop.
{% endhint %}


# Importing configurations to Mapeo Desktop

To start using a custom configuration, you'll need to import the new configuration file into Mapeo Desktop. For more on configurations, see [Custom configurations](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations).

## Locate the configuration file

Download or copy the custom configuration file (eg. `example_project.mapeosettings`) onto your computer. Note which folder the file was saved in.

{% hint style="info" %}
For sending configuration files (`.mapeosettings`) between computers that have an<img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F9tuesSEYJuwr2RzxOqXe%2FComputer-no-internet-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=6b969329-1dab-4097-a6ed-cc0afc6ea9d1" alt="" data-size="line"> internet connection, we recommend using **email** or the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FpDALqh8F4F0zksgYzXjs%2FTelegram-logo.png?alt=media&amp;token=7f6a3799-9d13-44f4-9353-5813643e4e7a" alt="" data-size="line"> **Telegram Desktop** app, as other messaging applications have problems with this file format. You can also share a link to a <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FzA7d7fAWS9WR56CynJMY%2Fdrive.png?alt=media&amp;token=48f81ba9-8aa0-478a-916d-e0865cd27ed9" alt="" data-size="line">**Drive** directory where the configuration is located.

If you have <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FQp54LKiQ8q6BmcYZAU7l%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=7cf44330-57a0-4323-8f8c-6c4fbb4868de" alt="" data-size="line"> no internet connection, you can copy the file from a computer using a <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHqBKmcRbFkmWEbwH64md%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=253323a4-7697-4e9c-a5ac-8b62ebc7bc4d" alt="" data-size="line">**USB drive** or send the file via <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FqAUjTngbPl1D3dJJ7omL%2Fbluetooth.jpg?alt=media&amp;token=ac5f0024-e476-4a9d-aa20-486e89a17b44" alt="" data-size="line"> **Bluetooth**. For more on these methods, see:  [Sharing files between devices](/complete-reference-guide/troubleshooting/sharing-files-between-devices).
{% endhint %}

## Import the configuration

1. Open <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FFAdFfIFGpMRnNzVDcK6i%2FMd-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=f55b5fc0-8c3c-42e4-ad1b-02b2aa4a7889" alt="" data-size="line"> **Mapeo Desktop.**
2. On the **Top menu** bar, click **File** and select **Import Configuration**.
3. In the pop-up window, navigate to the folder on the computer where you saved the configuration file (`.mapeosettings`) you want to import. Click on the file, then click **Open**. You may see a white screen for a few seconds while the configuration changes.

![](https://lh6.googleusercontent.com/mIfll6BAJm8b6jCZ3gM5bmhv43GZAzsK07JAPAph1Qbqh_DMBXtgXUXE4LZPp5zK9feUdth3X9AtdG83obxsHIRkNC6FvYNS-Gb4vHTNg6FDcjpEDchhIBTLpuKXFQ)


# Adding custom background maps to Mapeo Desktop

By default, Mapeo Desktop in **Observations** mode uses a[ background map](/complete-reference-guide/will-mapeo-work-out-of-the-box-for-me/default-base-map) that shows some geographical elements such as rivers and hills, as well as some political and urban elements such as borders, cities, roads, etc. Mapeo Desktop in **Territory** mode offers a range of background maps including satellite imagery, OpenStreetMap, and more.

If you have a [custom background map](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-base-maps), you can add it and use it in Mapeo Desktop without affecting the data collected. (For more on creating custom background maps, see [Custom background maps](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-base-maps).)

{% hint style="danger" %}
Adding a background map to Mapeo Desktop requires some technical skills and should be done by someone comfortable copying and pasting files within the internal file system. A mistake in this process could cause irreversible undesired effects.
{% endhint %}

To add a background map to Mapeo Desktop, follow the instructions below for your operating system:

* <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FV424jtBlIDIMmyzNix8I%2FWindows-logo.png?alt=media&amp;token=ead78fdc-baf8-470f-96e6-12df2d939aef" alt="" data-size="line"> [**Windows computer**](#steps-for-a-windows-computer)
* <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F4IExkxkwEAmbljl0puJO%2Fmac.png?alt=media&amp;token=df9f885f-ab10-4387-8b3c-038174fefabb" alt="" data-size="line"> [**macOS computer**](#steps-for-a-macos-computer)

## Windows computer

### Locate and copy the contents of the Mapeo background map package&#x20;

Mapeo background maps will often be shared as a compressed file`(.zip)`. If your background map is a `.zip` file, double click the file to unzip it.

Standard vector background maps for Mapeo will contain the file elements listed below: 3 folders and 2 files.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FDpZQowt6iUkQlbcVMxZi%2Fimage.png?alt=media\&token=aa1a81e7-41b4-415a-9fbc-f38acc00e71c)

{% hint style="info" %}
Raster background maps will contain different files and folders than those pictured above. Raster maps for Mapeo consist of one folder (`tiles`) and one file (`style.json`).
{% endhint %}

Select and copy all of the elements found inside your background map folder.

### Paste the copied elements into the Mapeo/styles/default folder

1. In the Windows search engine, type `%APPDATA%` , and open the folder that appears with this name.&#x20;
2. Inside the **AppData** folder, click on the **Mapeo** subfolder, then click on the **styles** subfolder.
3. If there is not already a **default** folder inside your **styles** folder, you will need to create one. To do so, right-click inside the **styles** folder and create a new folder named **default.**&#x20;
4. Paste the background map elements you copied into the **default** folder.

### Reload **Mapeo Desktop**

Use **Ctrl + R** on your keyboard to reload Mapeo or restart <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FFAdFfIFGpMRnNzVDcK6i%2FMd-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=f55b5fc0-8c3c-42e4-ad1b-02b2aa4a7889" alt="" data-size="line"> **Mapeo Desktop** to begin using the custom background map.

{% hint style="info" %}
For more on loading custom background maps into **Territory** mode in Mapeo Desktop, see [Changing background maps in Territory mode](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-create-territory-information/changing-basemaps) in the [Mapeo Desktop for creating territory data (Territory mode)](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-create-territory-information) section.
{% endhint %}

## macOS computer

### Locate and copy the contents of the Mapeo background map package&#x20;

Mapeo background maps will often be shared as a compressed file`(.zip)`. If your background map is a `.zip` file, double click the file to unzip it.

A Mapeo background map consists of several folders and files that need to be copied into the file system of Mapeo Desktop. Standard vector background maps for Mapeo will contain the file elements listed below - 3 folders and 2 files.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FDpZQowt6iUkQlbcVMxZi%2Fimage.png?alt=media\&token=aa1a81e7-41b4-415a-9fbc-f38acc00e71c)

{% hint style="info" %}
Raster background maps will contain different files and folders than those pictured above. Raster maps for Mapeo consist of one folder (`tiles`) and one file (`style.json`).
{% endhint %}

Select and copy all of the elements found inside your background map folder.

### Navigate to the Mapeo/styles folder

1. Click on **Finder** on your computer.
2. In the top menu bar, click on **Go**, then select **Go to Folder...**
3. Type in `~/Library/Application Support/Mapeo/styles` in the address bar and click on **Go**.

### Paste the copied elements into the Mapeo/styles/default folder

If there is not already a **default** folder inside your **styles** folder, you will need to create one. To do so, control-click inside the **styles** folder and create a new folder named **default.**

Paste the background map elements you copied into the **default** folder.

### Restart **Mapeo Desktop**

Use **Command (⌘)-R** on your keyboard to reload Mapeo or restart <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FFAdFfIFGpMRnNzVDcK6i%2FMd-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=f55b5fc0-8c3c-42e4-ad1b-02b2aa4a7889" alt="" data-size="line"> **Mapeo Desktop** to begin using the custom background map.

{% hint style="info" %}
For more on loading custom background maps into **Territory** mode in Mapeo Desktop, see [Changing background maps in Territory mode](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-create-territory-information/changing-basemaps) in the [Mapeo Desktop for creating territory data (Territory mode)](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-create-territory-information) section.
{% endhint %}


# Updating Mapeo Desktop

Like most existing apps, Mapeo Desktop is in continuous development. We frequently release new versions of the application to fix technical issues or add new functionality.

When you **update** Mapeo Desktop, you do not lose data you have collected or synchronized using a previous version.

To update Mapeo Desktop, follow the same steps of the installation process using a newer installation file. Before starting, ensure that the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FFAdFfIFGpMRnNzVDcK6i%2FMd-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=f55b5fc0-8c3c-42e4-ad1b-02b2aa4a7889" alt="" data-size="line"> **Mapeo Desktop** application is not open. Then, follow the steps below for:

{% content-ref url="/pages/-MZjYoQL-23H-6PqQ8I3" %}
[Installing Mapeo Desktop](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-installation-setup/installing-mapeo-desktop)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% hint style="info" %}
To update files used within Mapeo Desktop, such as configurations or background maps, follow the same steps detailed in the sections below using the new files:\
\
[Importing configurations to Mapeo Desktop](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-installation-setup/importing-configurations)[Adding custom background maps to Mapeo Desktop](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-installation-setup/adding-custom-base-maps-to-mapeo-desktop)
{% endhint %}

## Mapeo versions - information and naming conventions

For details on Mapeo version numbers and naming conventions, see:[Updating Mapeo Mobile](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/updating-mapeo-mobile#mapeo-versions-information-and-naming-conventions)

## Installation files for older versions of Mapeo Desktop

To view all previous versions of Mapeo Desktop, including release notes for changes made in each version, see the [Mapeo Desktop Releases page on GitHub](https://github.com/digidem/mapeo-desktop/releases).


# Mapeo Desktop use

Mapeo Desktop is a computer application that can be used for two different purposes:

* [Mapeo Desktop for managing Mapeo Mobile data (Observations mode)](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data)\
  Mapeo Desktop allows you to aggregate, view, and manage data collected with Mapeo Mobile. **Observations** mode offers options to filter and export data into multiple formats, such as GeoJSON, CSV, and PDF, and also allows the publication of online interactive maps containing data collected with Mapeo Mobile.<br>
* [Mapeo Desktop for creating territory data (Territory mode)](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-create-territory-information)\
  Mapeo Desktop also offers an interface for adding or creating territory data directly within the Desktop application. **Territory** mode provides a basic toolkit for mapping features that are more accessible to new tech users than other available geographic information systems (GIS) tools. It also offers the option to import geographic information from an external source, and export map data in a `.GeoJSON` file format. Further manipulation or visualization of exported map data requires knowledge of other software.


# Mapeo Desktop for managing Mapeo Mobile data (Observations mode)

This section explores how to use Mapeo Desktop to view and manage Mapeo Mobile data, as well as the available options for exporting data into different formats. The information is contained in the following pages:

* [Synchronizing data](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/syncing-data)
* [Viewing observations](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/viewing-observations)
* [Editing and deleting observations](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/editing-and-deleting-observations)
* [Exporting data & sharing externally](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/exporting-and-sharing-externally)


# Synchronizing data

To load observations into Mapeo Desktop for the first time, you will need to synchronize data with another ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FirR1YAbrD2IpT6IvHTA3%2Flaptop-Md-icon.png?alt=media\&token=44e56437-4d19-43e2-9ec2-81bda2950464) computer or <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FRirGV9BYutX44TQCWOOD%2Fphone-Mm-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=2e8207cb-37fa-4fd4-8fe7-4581b9057570" alt="" data-size="line">smartphone that uses Mapeo.

Mapeo allows you to synchronize collected data with other Mapeo users or devices that are members of the same project. Synchronizing is used regularly throughout the course of projects to aggregate data collected by different participants and ensure that multiple copies of the complete database exist. **Syncing data does not always require an internet connection and can be done in entirely offline areas**.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Please note that by synchronizing with another Mapeo user, **ALL DATA is shared in both directions**. You will receive all of the observations present on the other Mapeo device and they will receive all of the observations present on your device. Only synchronize with members of your project whom you trust with all of your data. For more on synchronization, see: [Peer-to-peer & Mapeo sync](/overview/about-mapeo/peer-to-peer-and-mapeo-sync).

\
Any edits that have been made to the data will also be transferred to the other device during synchronization. For example, if a person deletes or edits an observation and then syncs with other devices, this observation will be deleted or edited on all synced devices.

\
It is important to create project [<mark style="color:blue;">synchronization protocols</mark>](/complete-reference-guide/essentials-for-a-successful-mapeo-project/creating-user-protocols) to ensure that all data becomes part of the project database.
{% endhint %}

There are 2 ways to synchronize with Mapeo Desktop:

* [**Synchronization via Wi-Fi**](#synchronization-via-wifi)  (<img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FirR1YAbrD2IpT6IvHTA3%2Flaptop-Md-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=44e56437-4d19-43e2-9ec2-81bda2950464" alt="" data-size="line"><img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FRirGV9BYutX44TQCWOOD%2Fphone-Mm-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=2e8207cb-37fa-4fd4-8fe7-4581b9057570" alt="" data-size="line">)\
  *For syncing with another computer or smartphone*\
  Can be used if both devices are in the same place and have access to a Wi-Fi network. **(An internet connection is not required.)**
* [**Synchronization with a file**](#synchronization-with-a-file) (<img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FirR1YAbrD2IpT6IvHTA3%2Flaptop-Md-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=44e56437-4d19-43e2-9ec2-81bda2950464" alt="" data-size="line"><img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FirR1YAbrD2IpT6IvHTA3%2Flaptop-Md-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=44e56437-4d19-43e2-9ec2-81bda2950464" alt="" data-size="line">)\
  *Only for syncing between computers*\
  Useful in these two contexts:
  * If devices are in the same place, even without a Wi-Fi network.
  * If devices are not in the same place and both have an internet connection.


# Synchronizing via Wi-Fi

## Synchronizing via Wi-Fi

Mapeo Desktop can synchronize data via Wi-Fi with other <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FirR1YAbrD2IpT6IvHTA3%2Flaptop-Md-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=44e56437-4d19-43e2-9ec2-81bda2950464" alt="" data-size="line"> computers or <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FRirGV9BYutX44TQCWOOD%2Fphone-Mm-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=2e8207cb-37fa-4fd4-8fe7-4581b9057570" alt="" data-size="line">smartphones that use Mapeo. This is a good sync option when devices are near each other and it works with **no internet connection**.&#x20;

Requirements:

* **Both devices need to be connected to the same** <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FDHe66k8BgO3CLduIOMqb%2Fwifi-cropped-01.png?alt=media&amp;token=3f740514-706b-4f72-91cf-85a0478e03f6" alt="" data-size="line">**Wi-Fi network**\
  For devices to sync, both need to be connected to the same Wi-Fi network. This Wi-Fi network does not need to have an internet connection. <br>
* **Both devices must be using the same configuration**\
  It is only possible to synchronize with devices that use the same [configuration](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations#about-custom-configurations). For more on how to import configurations, see [Importing configurations to Mapeo Desktop](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-installation-setup/importing-configurations).

To synchronize, follow the steps below:

## Connect to Wi-Fi

Connect both Mapeo devices to the same Wi-Fi network. In offline environments, a local Wi-Fi network can be created using a <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHnpL8j9EQAmb44felQiB%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=181fe13d-955c-4d73-a13c-941201fc7654" alt="" data-size="line">mobile wireless router or a third device capable of serving as an offline <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FfX88hkZbjBkYcDtCFCmU%2Fhotspot-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=2433ecc7-d433-4b74-8674-c9854c45fcc2" alt="" data-size="line">hotspot.&#x20;

{% hint style="info" %}
For more on how to create a local Wi-Fi network or connect to Wi-Fi, see\
[I want to create local Wi-Fi networks](/complete-reference-guide/troubleshooting/solving-sync-issues/creating-local-wi-fi-networks)\
[I want to connect to Wi-Fi](/complete-reference-guide/troubleshooting/solving-sync-issues/connecting-to-wi-fi)
{% endhint %}

## Enter Synchronize mode

In order to synchronize, both devices must have the **Synchronize** screen open.

In <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FFAdFfIFGpMRnNzVDcK6i%2FMd-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=f55b5fc0-8c3c-42e4-ad1b-02b2aa4a7889" alt="" data-size="line">Mapeo Desktop: Click on **Synchronize** in the **Mapeo modes** panel.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FeVDEfogCDZh0tSqR1mAw%2FMd_Synchronize_mode.jpg?alt=media\&token=c8afe1d9-c6bf-430d-b094-ecf23d16d0bc)

In <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FBnlXQiDXSUwl79ooRjRE%2FMm-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=3235ef71-9f29-4ab3-89f0-4a605d81c8e6" alt="" data-size="line">Mapeo Mobile: Tap the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FSn1FbGF79VfE9wgQYQOE%2Fapp_icons_Sync_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=401d7926-1a00-4ecb-a87e-9c0b0ebf52f6" alt="" data-size="line"> **Synchronize** button on the home screen.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FoYMWNY2sfaw8yJMGRTVw%2FSync_screen_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=be6828ea-6f22-46ab-a3e9-e30b0c36de8e)&#x20;

Devices available for syncing will be listed on the **Synchronize** screen. <br>

![Synchronize screen of Mapeo Desktop showing an available smartphone for syncing](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FKXAvwPHk1WLETUPR6ogi%2FMd_Synchronize_mode_sync_with_mobile_no_callout.jpg?alt=media\&token=8f07264b-9977-4d9b-89aa-3e0d4f49081d)

{% hint style="info" %}
Remember that in order for a device to appear in the list, it must be connected to the same Wi-Fi network, have the **Synchronize** screen open, and be using the same project configuration. \
\
You can confirm which configuration Mapeo Desktop is currently using by consulting the white bar at the bottom of the **Synchronize** screen.\
\
For troubleshooting on this step, see [I have sync issues](/complete-reference-guide/troubleshooting/solving-sync-issues).
{% endhint %}

## Start synchronization

Once available devices appear in the list, confirm the identity of the device you plan to synchronize with by consulting the unique identification number on the other user's device.

{% hint style="info" %}
To see the unique identification number of a Mapeo Mobile device, check the right side of the navy blue bar on the **Synchronize** screen in Mapeo Mobile.
{% endhint %}

![Matching the unique ID of a Mapeo Mobile device as it appears on Mapeo Desktop](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FG5cIuWxYARbMQqVEm0Cr%2FMd_Synchronize_confirm_Mm_deviceID.jpg?alt=media\&token=b74ff044-4aea-483d-b287-c1b3207d8cfc)

In Mapeo Desktop, click on the **SYNCHRONIZE** <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FWE5xdxyFxmmkWizNBgu0%2Fmapeo-icon-sync-black-%403x.png?alt=media&amp;token=d52f80db-d229-4ec6-9265-e2bd1fd0da67" alt="" data-size="line"> button below the device name to begin the exchange of data.&#x20;

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Important**: Keep the **Synchronize** screen open on both devices until the synchronization process is complete.
{% endhint %}

## View synced observations

To learn about viewing and managing synchronized data:

* In Mapeo Desktop, continue to [Viewing observations](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/viewing-observations)
* In Mapeo Mobile, see [Syncing data via Wi-Fi](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-use/wifi-sync#view-synced-observations)


# Synchronizing with a file

While other options allow the synchronization between smartphones and computers, synchronizing with a file is only possible between computers.

In this option, a sync file is created in Mapeo Desktop on one computer and then it is used by another computer with Mapeo to exchange data. During the synchronization, all data contained in the sync file is transferred to the computer that is syncing with it, and all data in the Mapeo database of the computer will also be transferred to the sync file. It uses the same two-way method as synchronization via Wi-Fi. To learn more about how synchronization works, see [Peer-to-peer & Mapeo sync](/overview/about-mapeo/peer-to-peer-and-mapeo-sync).

* **If devices are near** each other, this is a good sync option when you can't create a local Wi-Fi network. You can instead use a <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHqBKmcRbFkmWEbwH64md%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=253323a4-7697-4e9c-a5ac-8b62ebc7bc4d" alt="" data-size="line">USB drive to copy and paste the sync file between different devices. It works with <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FQp54LKiQ8q6BmcYZAU7l%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=7cf44330-57a0-4323-8f8c-6c4fbb4868de" alt="" data-size="line">**no internet connection**.
* **If devices are not near** each other, this is also a good sync option. In this case, you will either need to transport a <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHqBKmcRbFkmWEbwH64md%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=253323a4-7697-4e9c-a5ac-8b62ebc7bc4d" alt="" data-size="line">USB drive to the location of the second device or have access to an <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F9tuesSEYJuwr2RzxOqXe%2FComputer-no-internet-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=6b969329-1dab-4097-a6ed-cc0afc6ea9d1" alt="" data-size="line">internet connection.&#x20;

Other requirements:&#x20;

* **Both devices must be using the same configuration**\
  It is only possible to sync with sync files created by devices that use the same [configuration](/complete-reference-guide/will-mapeo-work-out-of-the-box-for-me/default-configuration#about-configurations). For more on how to import configurations, see[Importing configurations to Mapeo Desktop](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-installation-setup/importing-configurations)[Importing configurations into Mapeo Mobile](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-installation-setup/importing-configurations).

## Create a sync file

1. Open <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FFAdFfIFGpMRnNzVDcK6i%2FMd-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=f55b5fc0-8c3c-42e4-ad1b-02b2aa4a7889" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Desktop on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F7NkfOdadFjuNRzbI4imN%2Flaptop-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=d3ccde3e-3202-4dd8-82e5-107b9dbe50ce" alt="" data-size="line"> computer 1, the computer on which you want to create a sync file. The generated sync file will include **all** the Mapeo data from that computer.
2. Click on **Synchronize** on the **Mapeo modes** panel

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FeVDEfogCDZh0tSqR1mAw%2FMd_Synchronize_mode.jpg?alt=media\&token=c8afe1d9-c6bf-430d-b094-ecf23d16d0bc)

3\. Click on the **Create a sync file** button and choose the name and location where the generated file will be saved.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F4kJJnLKfkkF41kESCdFC%2FMd_sync_create_syncfile.jpg?alt=media\&token=b9e2c2c2-5211-4713-b9a7-d7115aea7535)

## Send or copy the sync file to the second device

There are two options for sharing a sync file:

* [**Send sync file via email or file sharing service**](#send-sync-file-via-email-or-file-sharing-service)\
  (Requires an <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F9tuesSEYJuwr2RzxOqXe%2FComputer-no-internet-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=6b969329-1dab-4097-a6ed-cc0afc6ea9d1" alt="" data-size="line">internet connection)
* [**Copy and paste sync file using a USB drive**](#option-2.-copy-pasting-it-among-different-devices-with-no-internet-connection-you-will-need-a-usb-dr)\
  (Works with <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FQp54LKiQ8q6BmcYZAU7l%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=7cf44330-57a0-4323-8f8c-6c4fbb4868de" alt="" data-size="line">no internet connection)

#### **Option 1. Send sync file via email or file sharing service**

![Computer 1 (black) generates sync file and sends it via email to Computer 2 (blue).&#x20;
Computer 2 then syncs with the file. ](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FSvLEeNDDcGYTkImBEj85%2Fsync%20file%20via%20internet.jpg?alt=media\&token=5c0f0600-bb30-43bc-a277-2ccc9b2e651f)

1. Locate the generated sync file on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F7NkfOdadFjuNRzbI4imN%2Flaptop-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=d3ccde3e-3202-4dd8-82e5-107b9dbe50ce" alt="" data-size="line"> computer 1.
2. In your email app (<img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FmvUomXGaeDUWSDEUTQTz%2FGmail-logo.png?alt=media&amp;token=49125f0b-72b0-4de3-80d2-93b0a673e094" alt="" data-size="line">Gmail, <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F5UvmDWr7doC7YoJ6LGok%2FHOTMAIL%20(1).jpg?alt=media&amp;token=428bc85b-a847-4c22-835b-3d2248b2c3d3" alt="" data-size="line">Hotmail, etc.), create a new email and attach the sync file. Send it to the user of the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FI5Q259BlYwCenpqfeomu%2Flaptop-blue-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=ddecd9d0-7f49-4e80-8c04-0ccedcd22cc8" alt="" data-size="line"> computer 2, the computer with which you want to sync.
3. <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FI5Q259BlYwCenpqfeomu%2Flaptop-blue-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=ddecd9d0-7f49-4e80-8c04-0ccedcd22cc8" alt="" data-size="line"> Computer 2 must receive the sync file and save it. It is important to remember where has it been saved.

{% hint style="info" %}
If the sync file is too large to be sent by email, you can use other platforms such as <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FgYl2rw9vgbx1oh20tshF%2FWE%20TRANSFER.png?alt=media&amp;token=b77f4bab-6d24-4a21-a97b-cced7cadc200" alt="" data-size="line"> [WeTransfer](https://wetransfer.com), <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FzA7d7fAWS9WR56CynJMY%2Fdrive.png?alt=media&amp;token=48f81ba9-8aa0-478a-916d-e0865cd27ed9" alt="" data-size="line"> [Google Drive](https://www.google.com/drive/), or <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F72NTw1Zdz9plyygT2ELU%2FDROPBOX.jpg?alt=media&amp;token=3745ef87-27ef-450a-8afb-c763e37e94bb" alt="" data-size="line">[Dropbox](https://www.dropbox.com). You can send files up to 2GB for free using these apps.
{% endhint %}

#### **Option 2. Copy and paste sync file using a USB drive**

![Computer 1 (black) generates sync file and transfers it via USB drive to Computer 2 (blue).
Computer 2 then syncs with the file.](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fjs9WnFvKFdPFS3FuHMfT%2Fsync%20file%20via%20usb%20\(1\).jpg?alt=media\&token=bf8dde93-fd9b-4448-a095-ca3459641d89)

* Connect a <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHqBKmcRbFkmWEbwH64md%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=253323a4-7697-4e9c-a5ac-8b62ebc7bc4d" alt="" data-size="line">USB drive to <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F7NkfOdadFjuNRzbI4imN%2Flaptop-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=d3ccde3e-3202-4dd8-82e5-107b9dbe50ce" alt="" data-size="line"> computer 1, where you generated the sync file.
* Locate the generated sync file on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F7NkfOdadFjuNRzbI4imN%2Flaptop-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=d3ccde3e-3202-4dd8-82e5-107b9dbe50ce" alt="" data-size="line"> computer 1 and click on it using the right button of the mouse. Select **Copy**.
* Navigate to the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHqBKmcRbFkmWEbwH64md%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=253323a4-7697-4e9c-a5ac-8b62ebc7bc4d" alt="" data-size="line">USB drive in the file system. Right-click on the location and select **Paste** to paste the sync file onto the drive.
* Disconnect the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHqBKmcRbFkmWEbwH64md%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=253323a4-7697-4e9c-a5ac-8b62ebc7bc4d" alt="" data-size="line">USB drive and connect it to the computer you want to sync with (<img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FI5Q259BlYwCenpqfeomu%2Flaptop-blue-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=ddecd9d0-7f49-4e80-8c04-0ccedcd22cc8" alt="" data-size="line"> computer 2).
* Navigate to the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FHqBKmcRbFkmWEbwH64md%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=253323a4-7697-4e9c-a5ac-8b62ebc7bc4d" alt="" data-size="line">USB drive folder and locate the sync file. Right-click on the file and select **Copy**. Navigate to where you would like to save the sync file on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FI5Q259BlYwCenpqfeomu%2Flaptop-blue-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=ddecd9d0-7f49-4e80-8c04-0ccedcd22cc8" alt="" data-size="line"> computer 2. Right-click on the location and select **Paste**.

## Start synchronization

1. Locate the received or pasted sync file on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FI5Q259BlYwCenpqfeomu%2Flaptop-blue-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=ddecd9d0-7f49-4e80-8c04-0ccedcd22cc8" alt="" data-size="line"> computer 2, the computer you want to sync with.
2. Open <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FFAdFfIFGpMRnNzVDcK6i%2FMd-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=f55b5fc0-8c3c-42e4-ad1b-02b2aa4a7889" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Desktop on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FI5Q259BlYwCenpqfeomu%2Flaptop-blue-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=ddecd9d0-7f49-4e80-8c04-0ccedcd22cc8" alt="" data-size="line">computer 2.
3. Click on **Synchronize** in the Mapeo modes panel.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FeVDEfogCDZh0tSqR1mAw%2FMd_Synchronize_mode.jpg?alt=media\&token=c8afe1d9-c6bf-430d-b094-ecf23d16d0bc)

4\. Click on the **Sync from a file** button and in the pop-up window, navigate until you find the desired sync file. Then click on it and click **Open**.Start synchronization

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FjjIrQpO98iHaY4rZmRCR%2FMd_sync_from_file.jpg?alt=media\&token=cf9f63d1-7d30-4ecf-b7b6-5c73ffdece86)

The synchronization with the file will automatically begin.&#x20;

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Important**: Keep the **Synchronize** screen open on both devices until the synchronization process is complete.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
When the synchronization is complete, <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FI5Q259BlYwCenpqfeomu%2Flaptop-blue-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=ddecd9d0-7f49-4e80-8c04-0ccedcd22cc8" alt="" data-size="line">computer 2 and the sync file will have identical copies of the Mapeo database. To complete a 2-way synchronization between the two computers, repeat the process to copy the sync file back to ![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F7NkfOdadFjuNRzbI4imN%2Flaptop-icon.png?alt=media\&token=d3ccde3e-3202-4dd8-82e5-107b9dbe50ce) computer 1 and use it to **Sync from a file**.
{% endhint %}

### View synced observations

To learn about viewing and managing synchronized data in Mapeo Desktop **Observations** mode, continue to:

{% content-ref url="/pages/ZQSqyBUuEbe3dgRyuGV3" %}
[Viewing observations](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/viewing-observations)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Viewing observations

To view and manage synchronized observations in Mapeo Desktop, click on **Observations** in the **Mapeo modes** panel on the left side of the screen.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FTsEMQQTLYWqlwXmf12z3%2FMd_Observations_mode.jpg?alt=media\&token=0a1ec8e8-056f-4d49-9bd1-76f314c63660)

**Observations** mode offers 3 different options for viewing observations in your database. In the **Toolbar**, you can choose between the following views:

* [**Map view**](#map-view)
* [**Media view**](#media-view)
* [**Report view**](#report-view)

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F7GnN4AdKWJOltw57qejo%2FMd_views_toolbar.jpg?alt=media\&token=8278881a-02b7-42d7-bafc-0ad5586c4701)

### Map view

In the default **Map** view, observations are displayed as dots on a map. Use your computer's mouse or the **Zoom** controls at the top right of the map to <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FT5HhqbhfpPsmU7V84qKq%2Ficon-plus-01.png?alt=media&amp;token=de9b93b9-55a9-4285-a4c5-9ff2848abb1a" alt="" data-size="line">zoom in and <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fa67Ff6eWTeNjqHzhokrV%2Ficon-minus-01.png?alt=media&amp;token=4fb18634-6030-43b6-a119-7790848b4623" alt="" data-size="line">zoom out and navigate to different locations on the map.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FAODZcn3gLyoMoDG4R91k%2FMd_map_hover_fishing.jpg?alt=media\&token=2bcd4d16-e884-45a9-9bb2-8b6ebfc342b7)

Hover your mouse over an individual dot on the map to preview the associated observation. Click on a dot to view the full details of that observation in the **View observation** window. Click on the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FRsMmSf7nbS73ZdzEsSn5%2Ficon-down.png?alt=media&amp;token=3d4b55b4-6ce6-448e-9e50-6b13ea674407" alt="" data-size="line">**Expand** button to view all fields in each section.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FgBIFancUR2fGAyNICrmr%2FMd_view_observation_window.jpg?alt=media\&token=da4691e9-a951-4902-834b-d099c06d3b45)

### Media view

To view observations as a gallery of images, click on **Media** in the **Toolbar**. Click on an individual image to view the details of that observation in the **View observation** window.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F5IwpW8HEVOwpWASrBvPD%2FMd_media_view_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=1cb86a51-4d35-46a6-b83b-47af406b4308)

### **Report view**

To view observations in the form of a report, click on **Report** in the **Toolbar. Report** view displays one observation per page and includes the category, coordinates, date, a map of the location, and any images associated with the observation.

Use the **Next** <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FXksAnH0DTCda9Py7H7N5%2Fapp%20icons_next%20arrow.png?alt=media&amp;token=dc9280f1-29e3-4a5f-8932-3487a077f148" alt="" data-size="line"> and <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F0ItNjEZXvdVtgj7jSdnm%2Fapp%20icons_back%20arrow.png?alt=media&amp;token=329f713a-1f8b-4644-b83a-e6f9ed496470" alt="" data-size="line"> **Previous** buttons at the bottom of the screen to step through each page of the report.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FqjaU5VMO9Ub6EZkKhK0U%2FMd_report_view_button.jpg?alt=media\&token=c771e6f8-7aaa-46a3-9bf3-edfe3457c864)

You can filter observations included in the report using the [**Filter** panel](#filter-observations), and hide additional data fields using the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FTFU7xpxxrWSOX6pc8t1K%2Fhide.png?alt=media&amp;token=94f4dbcd-519c-4a1e-86d5-c83e0407a95d" alt="" data-size="line"> **Hide fields** controls in the grey panel above the report.

{% hint style="info" %}
For more on how to hide fields and save a report, see[Exporting data & sharing externally](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/exporting-and-sharing-externally#save-as-pdf-report).
{% endhint %}

## **Filter observations**

To look at a subset of your observations in **Map**, **Media** or **Report** view, use the **Filter** panel. Observations can be filtered by date, category, and some details fields used to collect the data.

To apply a filter, click the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FRsMmSf7nbS73ZdzEsSn5%2Ficon-down.png?alt=media&amp;token=3d4b55b4-6ce6-448e-9e50-6b13ea674407" alt="" data-size="line">**Expand** button beside the desired filter section and adjust the filter criteria. Multiple filters can be used at the same time.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FcOGapM2uYlEqBuPTmRIR%2FMd_Filter_panel_collapsed.jpg?alt=media\&token=296464f2-d643-43ea-8ce3-31b0cd97807c)

### Filter by date

To filter observations by a specific date range, click <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FRsMmSf7nbS73ZdzEsSn5%2Ficon-down.png?alt=media&amp;token=3d4b55b4-6ce6-448e-9e50-6b13ea674407" alt="" data-size="line">**Expand** beside <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F09x4G4Hwpf8jxeyYpL8O%2FCALENDAR%20FILTER.jpg?alt=media&amp;token=0e490bb5-4927-47c9-884e-b99c9b42454f" alt="" data-size="line"> **Date of observation** to open the filter section. Click on the **From** and **To** date fields and use the pop-up calendar to define the start date and end date for the timeframe you would like to view. Only observations collected between these dates will be visible.

Click <mark style="color:blue;">**ALL**</mark> to reset the filter and show observations for all dates.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FyuccNGwJwmCCZLxpDMvw%2FMd_Filter_by_date.jpg?alt=media\&token=3fc245a3-1a2b-4ae6-af2c-f4d894f2f25b)

### **Filter by category**

To filter observations by a category, click <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FRsMmSf7nbS73ZdzEsSn5%2Ficon-down.png?alt=media&amp;token=3d4b55b4-6ce6-448e-9e50-6b13ea674407" alt="" data-size="line">**Expand** beside <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FNzYGJzUoDNiQOd6GOUZE%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=a1d5d884-1307-4877-ba31-5a4065d4ef0e" alt="" data-size="line"> **Category** to open the list of the categories used in your project.

* Use the checkboxes to select the categories that you want to make visible.
* Click <mark style="color:blue;">**ONLY**</mark> to show observations for a single selected category.
* Click <mark style="color:blue;">**ALL**</mark> to reset the filter and show observations for all categories.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F1mUkCBUT62wXaqw0tkBJ%2FMd_filter_by_category.jpg?alt=media\&token=0ea856a1-bbc3-4b1d-a750-eb0aaeb8fe5a)

### Filter by details field

You may also have the option to filter by some of the details fields used in your project. Only details that are "select one" fields (ie. you can only select one of the available answer options) will be available in the **Filter** panel.

{% hint style="info" %}
For more on creating custom details fields, see [Custom configurations](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations).
{% endhint %}


# Editing and deleting observations

## **Edit observation details**

To edit an observation, open its full details in the **View observation** window.

{% hint style="info" %}
From **Map** or **Media** view, click on a dot or image to open the **View observation** window for the associated observation. From **Report** view, use the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F1RYnWLh8jHaDB16UsSVs%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=fe98ba22-fd05-4a32-ada0-012c7183c6f8" alt="" data-size="line"> **EDIT** button in the grey toolbar to open the **View observation** window for the observation shown in the current page of the report.
{% endhint %}

With the **View observation** window open, click on a field to add or edit information. Click **SAVE** to save changes.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FBTY33PQOXAn3GoLZXY6r%2FMd_edit_observation.jpg?alt=media\&token=bdad316d-0a1b-4fee-884e-15f2ca8f63cf)

{% hint style="info" %}
In Mapeo Desktop you cannot modify the creation date, category type or geographic location of an observation.
{% endhint %}

## Delete an observation

To delete an observation, go to the **View observation** window and click on the<img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FCV8F04U64BeFw457o4oB%2FThree%20dots%20menu.png?alt=media&amp;token=ebffe98c-6b40-4864-a4ff-5a5dff94c89f" alt="" data-size="line">**More options** menu. Select **Delete observation** and confirm deletion by clicking **Yes, delete** in the pop-up window.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FQqA4VvxDrInCDc5m7DPW%2FMd_edit_observation_more_options.jpg?alt=media\&token=275d0e49-b904-4141-9163-eba777ecadf5)

{% hint style="danger" %}
**Deleting observations cannot be undone, so exercise caution when using delete.**

By deleting observations, you will permanently remove them from your device and all devices you synchronize data with in the future. For more on synchronization, see [Peer-to-peer & Mapeo sync](/overview/about-mapeo/peer-to-peer-and-mapeo-sync)
{% endhint %}


# Exporting data & sharing externally

This section covers the available options and formats for exporting data from **Observations** mode in Mapeo Desktop.

* <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FRiIo2OYZGOFQtmEfEcaL%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=cfa31916-69b0-4cc9-b408-3577da1b2d05" alt="" data-size="line"> [**Save as PDF report**](#undefined): if you want to download or print a PDF report with the observations collected.
* <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FQxq7OqxzSdmzUcxzcOUE%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=3d395ec2-d422-41d7-875f-402f5585c439" alt="" data-size="line"> [**Export as GeoJSON**](#export-as-geojson): if you want to continue working on your data in another mapping software (such as QGIS, ArcGIS, and others)
* <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FNiPmOPg7rEebadLM3D6z%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=d1c64d29-4502-425c-b201-72c72216f5d7" alt="" data-size="line"> [**Export as CSV**](#export-as-csv): if you want to view and manage your data using a spreadsheet in Microsoft Excel, Google Sheets, or other data analysis tools.
* <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fcx1LShajdfXHOgDuCVFa%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=2e0a2b73-7bbe-4e5a-aa92-520fe70a0701" alt="" data-size="line"> [**Export as Web Map**](#export-as-web-map): if you want to publish an interactive online map with the observation data.

## <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FRiIo2OYZGOFQtmEfEcaL%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=cfa31916-69b0-4cc9-b408-3577da1b2d05" alt="" data-size="line"> Save as PDF report

In Mapeo Desktop you can view your data as a report. Each page of the report contains the details of one observation. From the **Report** view, you can:

* Edit the details of the observation on the current report page by clicking on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F5CX3nlwlhAczCQTJMpNt%2Fapp_icons_edit_35px.png?alt=media&amp;token=86bf857b-570d-451f-8a6d-ebb88f493598" alt="" data-size="line"> **EDIT** in the grey panel above the report.
* Control which observations are included in the report using the **Filters** panel. For more on filtering, see [Viewing observations](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/viewing-observations#filter-observations).
* Decide which detail fields you want to show or hide. To do so, click on the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FTFU7xpxxrWSOX6pc8t1K%2Fhide.png?alt=media&amp;token=94f4dbcd-519c-4a1e-86d5-c83e0407a95d" alt="" data-size="line"> **Hide Fields** button in the grey panel above the report and toggle on off/on the fields that you want to hide/show. Click on **SHOW ALL** to show all fields and click on **HIDE ALL** to hide them all.

![Hide Fields options in Report view](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FzEYySYf1GcohLSi64CXZ%2FMd_report_view_hide_fields.jpg?alt=media\&token=545228d3-d060-4f26-b50f-a49d87acf5e6)

* To save the report as a PDF, click on <img src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/dNbEvCBJDrGxlRSmnI05llr4kgTd-zZcIOnSIV5PTvKnE_CxS7L9fdpces4G7GL60GDJHG6YuKHvTWdq2gneZGEr9z32j4myi3peM2MWw7DxmzF3Tngy118gsWyb7WPAkKCaSv02" alt="" data-size="line">**Save PDF** in the grey panel above the report. In the pop-up window, give a name to the PDF file and choose where to save it. Once you are done, click on **Save**. To view, share or print the report, locate the saved file on your computer and click on it to open it.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FcgRlWueZZLmswDeGjevA%2FMd_report_save_pdf.jpg?alt=media\&token=eb4fa0f6-7c10-44cc-9ad2-94b20a0039ce)

## <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FQxq7OqxzSdmzUcxzcOUE%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=3d395ec2-d422-41d7-875f-402f5585c439" alt="" data-size="line"> Export as GeoJSON

This is a useful export option if you want to continue working on your data in another mapping software (such as <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FucEzRHx5ZOllTVHi3k6L%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=1fd9a646-42e8-439e-b27d-852bb1ae6a80" alt="" data-size="line"> QGIS, <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FBEtpH80khzW4tarYGqZn%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=bb921017-c894-4641-a9af-028af55c181e" alt="" data-size="line"> ArcGIS, or others).

To export your observation data as `.GeoJSON`:

1. In the **Observations mode** of Mapeo Desktop, click on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Frhk0vOF46kcM3p1qectv%2Fico_export.png?alt=media&amp;token=6f619a1f-6002-490b-bd6f-2118e3462c95" alt="" data-size="line">**Export options** in the **Toolbar** on the top right of the Mapeo Desktop window.
2. Select **Export observations...**

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F137F2GiAENI0AWxcqQwO%2FMd_Export_observations_menu.jpg?alt=media\&token=356ed9c3-665a-4915-811c-9a48a7713139)

3\. In the **Export Observations** pop-up window:

* For the **Data format** field, select **GeoJSON**.
* In the **Only filtered data or all data?** field, choose if you want the exported file to contain only filtered data or all data.
* In the **Also export photos?** field, choose between including no photos, full-size photos, or preview-size photos in the exported file.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F2dI6uVPI425tiYS9W3bF%2FMd_export_obs_geojson.jpg?alt=media\&token=1a5c2b96-3c50-4ee5-becd-47f5732ddb08)

4\. Click on **SAVE**.

5\. In the pop-up window, give a name to the `.GeoJSON` file and choose where to save it. Once you are done, click on **Save**.

You can now load and use this file in mapping software.

## <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FNiPmOPg7rEebadLM3D6z%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=d1c64d29-4502-425c-b201-72c72216f5d7" alt="" data-size="line"> Export as CSV

This is a useful export option if you want to view and manage your data using a spreadsheet and doing <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FV5avyClhffN3PNRUQOJt%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=8b21e4bd-a97b-4255-9572-82b3d662295f" alt="" data-size="line">graphs and statistic analysis in software such as Microsoft Excel, <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fx9zx3Q6D8z8mmUWohtXf%2Fgoogle%20sheets%20(1).jpg?alt=media&amp;token=abbbf58e-4ced-4062-bd84-a4e97596513e" alt="" data-size="line"> Google Sheets, and others.

To export your observation data as `.csv`:

1. In the **Observations mode** of Mapeo Desktop, click on the<img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FfALnkN7aYiF8MvFGBaSE%2FThree%20dots%20menu.png?alt=media&amp;token=638dcbda-bd2b-45a3-84a5-8d09accb8069" alt="" data-size="line">**Export Observation Data** menu at the top right corner of the screen.
2. Select **Export observations...**

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F137F2GiAENI0AWxcqQwO%2FMd_Export_observations_menu.jpg?alt=media\&token=356ed9c3-665a-4915-811c-9a48a7713139)

3\. In the **Export Observations** pop-up window:

* For the **Data format** field, select **CSV**.
* In the **Only filtered data or all data?** field, choose if you want the exported file to contain only filtered data or all data.
* In the **Also export photos?** field, choose between including no photos, full-size photos, or preview-size photos in the exported file.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FSqn58GPmXluWMGm4ZV4O%2FMd_export_obs_csv.jpg?alt=media\&token=0b1b22b4-6ca5-4bf1-9c77-431b2b8467aa)

4\. Click on **SAVE**.

5\. In the pop-up window, give a name to the `.csv` file and choose where to save it. Once you are done, click on **Save**.

You can now load and use this file in other software.

## <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fcx1LShajdfXHOgDuCVFa%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=2e0a2b73-7bbe-4e5a-aa92-520fe70a0701" alt="" data-size="line"> Export as Web Map

This is a useful export option if you want to publish an interactive online map with the observation data. To export observation data to a Web Map:

#### Create a Mapeo Web Package file

1. In the **Observations mode** of Mapeo Desktop, on the **toolbar**, click on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Frhk0vOF46kcM3p1qectv%2Fico_export.png?alt=media&amp;token=6f619a1f-6002-490b-bd6f-2118e3462c95" alt="" data-size="line">**Export options**.
2. Select **Export Webmap...**
3. In the pop-up window, give a title and a description to the map and click on **SAVE**.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fk4VpFSoZfhfk7Fr3ycuz%2FMd_Web_map_export_window.jpg?alt=media\&token=b699c8e3-88fe-46e5-9974-7e04af6cb775)

4\. In the pop-up window, give a name to the Mapeo Web Package (`.mapeomap`) file and choose where to save it. Once you are done, click on **SAVE**.

#### Publish your map online

1. Go to the website [maps.mapeo.app](https://maps.mapeo.app/auth/login) and sign in or sign up. It's free and you only need an e-mail account and a password.
2. Click on **+ ADD MAP**.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FKFxZgJFqyNJ0T0pph6L6%2FMd_Web_map_add_map.jpg?alt=media\&token=c9f07e42-2251-4701-8955-365fee9485b9)

3\. In the pop-up window, navigate in your computer's file system to locate the Mapeo Web Package (`.mapeomap`) file. Select it and click on **Open**. Wait until the uploading process is complete.

4\. Click on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FKLOv95NNRFb4Q5tvTB0l%2Fwebmaps-link-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=919451cc-5c12-46b3-8775-22902f56403b" alt="" data-size="line">**Publish link to Map** to open the website with your published map!

5\. Copy the URL link of the online map to share it with other people

You can also:

* Click on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F1RYnWLh8jHaDB16UsSVs%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=fe98ba22-fd05-4a32-ada0-012c7183c6f8" alt="" data-size="line"> **Edit map details** to edit the title, description, terms & limitations, and style of the background map.&#x20;
* Click on <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F4CMvFcNYu5gcsXJTdqEV%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=c1af01b2-8897-4277-8196-da2f9543b8f2" alt="" data-size="line">**Menu** to delete the map.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2Fo9QHNqifdDtMW1jnSrRs%2FMapeo_web_maps_buttons.jpg?alt=media\&token=6b638c53-057e-4bb9-9857-4cb07a4de4f6)

​


# Mapeo Desktop for creating territory data (Territory mode)

This section explores how to use Mapeo Desktop to create, edit and manage mapping data directly within the Desktop application, using **Territory** mode. The information is contained in the following pages:

* [Navigating around the map](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-create-territory-information/navigating-around-the-map)
* [Creating and editing territory data](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-create-territory-information/creating-and-editing-territory-data)
* [Changing background maps in Territory mode](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-create-territory-information/changing-basemaps)
* [Importing and using external geospatial data](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-create-territory-information/importing-external-territory-information)
* [Exporting and syncing data](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-create-territory-information/exporting-data)


# Navigating around the map

The background map that appears underneath the territory data is a vitally important resource for creating features. This map serves as your primary reference to where features might be located when you are creating or editing data.&#x20;

You move around the map by dragging it and by pressing and holding down the left mouse button and moving the mouse around. You can also use the ↓, ↑, ←, → arrow keys on your keyboard.

You can zoom in or out by scrolling with the mouse wheel or trackpad, or by clicking the **+ Zoom in** and **- Zoom out** buttons in the **Map controls** menu on the right side of the map. You can also use the **`+`** and **`-`** keys on your keyboard.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FfLcvOPeJ6ATneu1gO8Bx%2FMd-territory_navigating-01.jpg?alt=media\&token=6e8aaea8-94dc-427f-9530-fc2890bd1e32)

If your computer provides your geolocation, you can also click on the<img src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/FQtHbTb6AC4XLssfexdunzFqyxmksQan5SEjFbsgQETz7-YSRdA5CDiHRaOegrSG8eKfAUnQjrhishAEXT0QXNUA0I6aTEqzDAoeeD5PIUMv9Og9YiKaLbhRcYYs5UyamuKZ-xwG" alt="" data-size="line">**Show my Location** button to pan to your location on the map.

You can also zoom to a set of geographic coordinates (in decimal degrees) by accessing the **Zoom to Coordinates** feature located in the **View** menu. Enter a pair of longitude and latitude coordinates separated by a comma and with longitude going first, and then click Submit. The background map should travel to the coordinates.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FIsEPQufwf1OC8XCIwsJG%2FMd-territory_navigating-02.jpg?alt=media\&token=d215070c-05ac-481d-af20-6b9553a56d9f)

The **+ Zoom in to edit** button appears at the top of your screen when you are not sufficiently zoomed in. You can press it to zoom in to a minimum high zoom level where editing is possible. Once you have created territory data, you can also use the **Zoom to Data** feature located in the View menu to zoom to the maximum extent of your territory data on the map.

Lastly, it is possible to activate an **overview map** at the top of the map, by pressing the `/` key.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FUPMLdVI1JCOyl8Qoyozq%2FMd-territory_navigating-03.jpg?alt=media\&token=99650a39-a34a-4eb9-9735-108af44f166d)

You can change the background map used in **Territory** mode at any time. For more information on this, visit [Changing background maps in Territory mode](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-create-territory-information/changing-basemaps).


# Creating and editing territory data

We use the word features to describe things that appear on the map, such as rivers, buildings, or points of interest. In Territory mode, you can create features in the form of points, lines and areas by drawing these directly on a background map.

* **Points** are features associated with a single location (coordinate). These could be specific places of interest like a building, place name, plant, or rapid.
* **Lines** are features associated with a linear path (composed of a set of coordinates). Lines are used to represent features such as roads, trails, and rivers.
* **Areas** are features associated with a bounded area (composed of a set of coordinates, and sometimes also called a “polygon”). Areas are used to show the boundaries of features like lakes, natural zones, and settlement areas.

## Zoom in to edit

In order to get started creating features in **Territory** mode, you first have to zoom in on the map until you get to a sufficiently high zoom level at which your data will be precise.

You can either navigate the map using your mouse or keyboard as described in [Navigating around the map](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-create-territory-information/navigating-around-the-map), or you can click on the **Zoom in to edit** button that will show at the top if you are not yet at a high enough zoom level. Clicking this button will zoom in the map at the center of your current view.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FrGafwJylOSSvOt1fBumF%2FMd-territory_creating-editing-01.jpg?alt=media\&token=56e97de0-356f-4d2e-95af-37e53f49246b)

**Note:** if you already have territory data in Mapeo, this data will disappear from view if you are no longer zoomed in to a level where you can make edits. It will appear again once you return to a sufficiently high zoom level. You can also use the **Zoom to data** feature (located in the **View** menu) to zoom to the maximum extent of your data to help find your way back to your data at a sufficiently high zoom level.

## Creating features

#### Creating point features&#x20;

To create a new point feature, click the **Point** button <mark style="color:purple;">\[or press the</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">`1`</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">key on your keyboard]</mark>. This will change the mouse cursor to a cross symbol. Also, the point button will now be highlighted in blue.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FwNlJNTYEuLgdnKaGwkbL%2FMd-territory_creating-editing-02.jpg?alt=media\&token=43aef15b-0782-4502-a66b-74f461b0c2d1)

To place the new point on the map, position the mouse cursor where the point should go, then left-click <mark style="color:purple;">\[or press</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">`Space`</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">on your keyboard]</mark>.&#x20;

#### Creating line features&#x20;

To add a line, click the **Line** button on the toolbar above the map <mark style="color:purple;">\[or press the</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">`2`</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">key on the keyboard]</mark>. This will change the mouse cursor to a cross symbol.&#x20;

Next, position the mouse cursor where the line should begin and left-click <mark style="color:purple;">\[or press</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">`Space`</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">on the keyboard]</mark> to begin automatically placing nodes along the line of your mouse. Continue placing more nodes by clicking on the map <mark style="color:purple;">\[or pressing</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">`Space`</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">on your keyboard]</mark>. While drawing, you can zoom in or drag the map in order to add more detail.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FM8lh2iD1HUE3uPiGuQFz%2FMd-territory_creating-editing-03.jpg?alt=media\&token=07f3670b-a786-4467-be26-562041629c33)

To finish a line, click again on the last node <mark style="color:purple;">\[or press</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">`Enter`</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">on your keyboard]</mark>.&#x20;

#### Creating area features&#x20;

To add an area, click the **Area** button on the toolbar above the map <mark style="color:purple;">\[or press the</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">`3`</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">key on your keyboard]</mark>. This will change the mouse cursor to a cross symbol.

Next, position the mouse cursor at one of the corners of the feature you want to create and left-click <mark style="color:purple;">\[or press</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">`Space`</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">to begin placing nodes around the outer edge of the area]</mark>. Continue placing more nodes by clicking on the map <mark style="color:purple;">\[or pressing</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">`Space`</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">in your keyboard]</mark>. While drawing, you can zoom in or drag the map in order to add more detail.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FTfkEqYpplBs5XPUWifWs%2FMd-territory_creating-editing-04.jpg?alt=media\&token=f2128560-8c49-43e3-b167-7ae6a1314e8d)

To finish an area, click again on either the first or last node <mark style="color:purple;">\[or press</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">`Enter`</mark><mark style="color:purple;">]</mark>. Mapeo will automatically join your last point to your first point to create a closed area.&#x20;

## Adding a category and details to a feature&#x20;

After you create a feature on the map, the **Select category** panel will appear on the left, and you will be able to assign a **category** to the feature. Scroll down the list of categories to find the right one, or if you know its name you can search by starting to type its name in the search box. Recently used categories will appear at the top of the list, and the others are listed in alphabetical order.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FNxRKuNXs1WmapNp7omWC%2FMd-territory_creating-editing-05.jpg?alt=media\&token=7ceb0ec2-ebaa-4cb6-8547-f4fbf9e16502)

Select the category that best represents what you are documenting in the feature you are creating. Mapeo comes with a default set of categories and associated icons that can be used for collecting and classifying data.

{% hint style="info" %}
It is possible to create custom categories and icons to tailor Mapeo to your specific data collection needs. This customization currently requires significant technical knowledge. For more on customization, see [Custom configurations](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations).
{% endhint %}

Depending on the category you have selected, you may see specific questions associated with the category. These could be text fields, “select one” buttons, or “select multiple” checkboxes. All of these fields are optional.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FMXkuLdcG0Uy2JGIHicki%2FMd-territory_creating-editing-06.jpg?alt=media\&token=56c81ebc-e305-413f-bc75-969d6f22e0ef)

{% hint style="info" %}
Depending on the Mapeo configuration you are using, different types of features may be mapped using the same category. For example, in the current default configuration of Mapeo, you can assign the Lake category for both point and area features, depending on your use case: you may want to create a point dataset of all the names of lakes across a region, or, you may want to draw the boundaries of lakes to show them on a cartographic map.

{% endhint %}

After selecting a category and filling in any information you can click on the :heavy\_check\_mark: **confirm button** in the top right of the **Select category** panel to stop editing that point. Clicking elsewhere on the map will also navigate you away from the panel.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FLKjd3a6e6DTQtZXUHAvz%2FMd-territory_creating-editing-07.jpg?alt=media\&token=42150a7b-cb42-4c6b-a31d-18c6b9475815)

To learn more about how data types work in Mapeo configurations, and how to customize these to meet your own needs, see [Creating custom configurations](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-configurations/creating-custom-configurations).

## Viewing and editing a feature&#x20;

#### Select a feature&#x20;

Left-click on a feature to select it. This will highlight it with a pulsing glow, and the **Edit feature** panel will display details about that feature.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FLVPlXe1G2Lfvyj9yXsWk%2FMd-territory_creating-editing-08.jpg?alt=media\&token=5357dcd0-78ae-4b50-85f8-7faf37a56ce5)

Right-click on a feature to display the **Feature commands** menu, which shows the commands that are available, such as rotating, moving, and deleting.&#x20;

#### Moving points&#x20;

To move a point, place the mouse cursor over the point, then press and hold the left mouse button while dragging the point to its new location.&#x20;

#### Moving lines&#x20;

To move an entire line, right-click the line and select the **Move** command from the **Feature commands** menu. Then move the mouse, and left-click to place the line in a new location.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F1OCpYNuu2hqnQlYU2mv1%2FMd-territory_creating-editing-09.jpg?alt=media\&token=ca0dedce-76dd-45f3-853c-1ab57a5b1403)

#### Modifying lines or areas

To adjust the shape of a line or area, first left-click to select it. All nodes of the feature will be drawn as small circles. You can then drag the nodes to better locations.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F4C8TjReVhYggAh2fOy75%2FMd-territory_creating-editing-11.jpg?alt=media\&token=b846f85b-012a-4004-8ec5-0319a6049876)

You can also create new nodes along a line or area either by double-clicking on the line or edge of the area, or by dragging the small triangles at the midpoints between nodes.&#x20;

#### Accessing measurement information for a feature&#x20;

It is possible to activate a box of measurement information for a feature, such as the geometry type (point, line, area), the length or area, and the coordinates, by pressing **Ctrl + I** while a feature is selected.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FcfKx2nYvPnoZjPrIrf7w%2FMd-territory_creating-editing-12.jpg?alt=media\&token=c5188ba6-00aa-49e6-8934-b3575bd5277f)

#### Deleting features&#x20;

To delete a feature (point, line, or area), right-click on the point to select it and show the **Feature commands** menu, then use the <img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FwMtxqtt4KljVxkQhQIKJ%2Fapp%20icons_Delete-trash.png?alt=media&amp;token=7f1a4311-fd70-4c77-a3fc-b412822dd95b" alt="" data-size="line"> **Delete** command.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FMLQPegaVDG6yxZFk9J6u%2FMd-territory_creating-editing-13.jpg?alt=media\&token=932e9985-70c1-4ecb-8f04-2f03cf9d158c)

#### Editing feature details&#x20;

Once you have selected a feature, you can also edit the feature details, such as the category and any of the detail fields, shown on the **Edit feature** panel left to the map.

To change the category, click on the category that is currently selected. This will show the same list of categories available when creating a feature. Select the category that you want to change the feature to by clicking on one of them.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FwcfAPqQEbOPLhV7ubbGA%2FMd-territory_creating-editing-14.jpg?alt=media\&token=91f385f4-5b4f-4b2f-8cee-4bd06599cedd)

#### Undo & Redo&#x20;

You can undo any edits to features by clicking the <img src="https://lh4.googleusercontent.com/Y3kJ78IsFboPXjz9jQMSJmsclJFs57SsOP0qfPq314spjZcosoy1261kU0ns8wmhyu3D4hV6qHNzOp8hFS2_OBiv4mjEBL9VEUtcEyjKaWVfLlKribseZnbRcOj3lqmpywcRvKZh" alt="" data-size="line"> **Undo** button, and redo them by clicking the <img src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/U-gCXO3P22DCS7nNpoznA3UKGG_giGAepA7rf8tvZ3fg1u8SrmbpqqbscADPgGL0l4T9IF7ydoJoH-WSniSYVtQsrxOLuIdaKUEUprAxHfBoqXJcOM4dWczw09_QchAaTHEvXIJC" alt="" data-size="line"> **Redo** button.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FQvlCPNFdHBz2YnVJd47T%2FMd-territory_creating-editing-15.jpg?alt=media\&token=736a4ff0-4c02-4d96-9113-14b0ae6da40c)

## Confirming feature details&#x20;

To confirm a feature after adding or editing, simply click on the :heavy\_check\_mark:**Confirm** located at the top right of **Edit feature** panel. Note that this will not save the feature in your Territory database until you go through the next step of [#saving-all-of-your-changes](#saving-all-of-your-changes "mention").

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FxfO6ovlMlmhDf7CK6iFC%2FMd-territory_creating-editing-16.jpg?alt=media\&token=ce226acc-722c-47d4-ab31-c9e26ce83bbc)

Also note that to confirm a new feature, you first need to select a category (see [#adding-a-category-and-details-to-a-feature](#adding-a-category-and-details-to-a-feature "mention")).&#x20;

## Saving all of your changes&#x20;

Click <img src="https://lh4.googleusercontent.com/lrcZWACC6YnAgDAaeEpGa3Vz1cfbGyXCGTpIGs-FBnY4CAA5SLL8_LBN2HEYTwo9p9EHMLEuBfd1sS4GAkURZDw4AHFwc3VakvPLXt3rBZH5r5hiiOZDGnflBikhsehCJZcGb4Fz" alt="" data-size="line"> **Save** to finish your edits and save them permanently to your computer. You should remember to save your work frequently!&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FYb8bRzMZzRByC6RcnqMi%2FMd-territory_creating-editing-17.jpg?alt=media\&token=eb5fedd4-e8b1-4384-8361-5b6ebc58a5a1)

On the **Save your edits** panel, you'll have a chance to review what you've done. Mapeo will also perform some basic checks for missing data and may offer helpful suggestions and warnings if something doesn't seem right (for example, if there is any data that is missing a category).&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FpqfxyusGBK6sWOP5BXBk%2FMd-territory_creating-editing-18.jpg?alt=media\&token=c83562a0-d61f-43e2-a04d-76f2692c4086)

Before saving your changes you must enter a **Changeset Comment**, or a short description of the changes you have made. Then click <img src="https://lh4.googleusercontent.com/lrcZWACC6YnAgDAaeEpGa3Vz1cfbGyXCGTpIGs-FBnY4CAA5SLL8_LBN2HEYTwo9p9EHMLEuBfd1sS4GAkURZDw4AHFwc3VakvPLXt3rBZH5r5hiiOZDGnflBikhsehCJZcGb4Fz" alt="" data-size="line"> **Save** so your changes will be saved on the map, and can be synchronized with other devices or exported.&#x20;

#### Automatic Backups&#x20;

If you can't finish your edits in one sitting, for example if your computer crashes or you close the browser tab, your edits are still saved by Mapeo. When you open Mapeo again later and access the **Territory** mode, Mapeo will offer to restore your work.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FKaE4p649nsM6cql3vG5a%2FMd-territory_creating-editing-19.jpg?alt=media\&token=b2dd9d7f-c2ab-4244-95ea-576d7815330b)


# Changing background maps in Territory mode

The standard background map that appears in **Territory** mode when you are connected to the internet is an imagery map provided by Bing, composed of various sources of satellite imagery and aerial photography.&#x20;

For territory mapping, high resolution imagery is frequently one of the best background maps because you can clearly identify features in the landscape.&#x20;

There are also other background map options available in the **Background map** window, which you can open by clicking on the <img src="https://lh6.googleusercontent.com/rqFhZe9guHpmRwOM3mnCg9cs845rlSwVxdPhxmJFRMf2dWo1-qSPgq7eJNSlRsWbM63G9ZPEfAtdxKA9cc83Pl0xtUk-3J_q8A8vXPp17L--609lJ8_dtK4pQ5uwCb9ibOrdzSS6" alt="" data-size="line"> **Background settings** icon or pressing the `B` key on your keyboard.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FEB9UNLf4JFqfmN1EqQ3K%2FMd-territory_background-maps-01.jpg?alt=media\&token=ebb1b573-91cd-42b0-b021-f425d765ccc8)

You can change your background map at any time while you are adding or editing features in **Territory** mode.&#x20;

## Standard background map options&#x20;

Some of the standard background maps include:&#x20;

* **Bing aerial imagery:** An excellent source of satellite and aerial imagery at low, mid and high resolutions provided by the company Bing. Satellite imagery can be helpful for mapping both natural and artificial features in many different kinds of landscapes.&#x20;
* **Esri World Imagery:** An alternative imagery layer provided by the company Esri, sometimes providing different imagery sources.&#x20;
* **Mapbox Satellite:** Yet another alternative imagery layer provided by the company Mapbox; as with the Esri imagery layer, it is possible that there are different sources from the other two.&#x20;
* **OpenStreetMap:** A vector map composed of data from the OpenStreetMap service. Depending on where you are creating territory mapping data and the quality of OpenStreetMap data there, this may be a helpful reference for orientation or direct mapping, especially in urban settings or anywhere where there is a lot of human infrastructure.&#x20;
* **OpenTopoMap:** a vector map composed of data from OpenStreetMap combined with a multi-directional hillshade layer which highlights the landscape topography, and can be helpful for mapping features in mountainous regions. The available background maps will vary depending on your map location in the world. In some countries, there will be additional regional maps made available for you to use as a map background.&#x20;

![Shown here is the OpenStreetMap background map panned to an area of Manaus, Brazil.](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FXffMyxyhkAEJ6muI3KdG%2FMd-territory_background-maps-02.jpg?alt=media\&token=1797a6ac-1cb7-4b7f-a768-a8965c732875)

## Using a minimap and overlays&#x20;

There are several additional options in the **Background map** window that may be useful to you:

* You can enable and disable a **Minimap** which will show a small-scale (more zoomed out) map to give you an overview of your location. This minimap will use the same map as the Background map you have selected.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FNxSz0kdXp2kwGKzwK3Dt%2FMd-territory_background-maps-03.jpg?alt=media\&token=96239753-87ed-40d7-90e7-0ce6ea25a66a)

* You can enable and disable **Overlays** which may add additional layers to contextualize your background map. The most useful of these to use in conjunction with satellite imagery background maps is the **Locator Overlay** option, which adds administrative boundaries, roads, and labels on top of your background map.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FMGLv6LKHL8yvM4UHTeBn%2FMd-territory_background-maps-04.jpg?alt=media\&token=93b0c6bd-1705-41dd-b1b6-9d3fd979c2cf)

## Custom background maps&#x20;

You can also provide your own custom background map, with the information most relevant to your project. This can be an online map source, or a directory composed of offline map tiles. There are two different ways to do this:&#x20;

(1) Add a path to your map tiles (typically a directory of files in a `{z}/{x}/{y}.jpg` format, or a singular `.asar` file) using the **Custom background** option. Map tiles can either be hosted online, or offline on your machine, and so the path could either be an online path (with an http protocol) or a local file path.&#x20;

* To use a map tiles path as a custom background, click on the **\[...]Edit custom background** button next to the **Custom** option in the **Background map** window.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FgDmSFs0gab37bTHQLJBN%2FMd-territory_background-maps-05.jpg?alt=media\&token=e8c1d350-fbf8-4d81-9475-93390f4347e0)

* Then, enter a path in the text field in the pop-up window, click on **OK** and then select the option **Custom** in the **Background map** window.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F9RebfMjcMWSDAgYXBL1A%2FMd-territory_background-maps-06.jpg?alt=media\&token=1d8013db-080e-4c02-9ac0-267cee23a588)

(2) You can also add background map options by specifying them in a custom configuration. Learn more about this by visiting [Creating custom background maps](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-base-maps/creating-custom-maps).

{% hint style="info" %}
To learn more about custom and offline maps in Mapeo, visit [Creating custom background maps](/complete-reference-guide/customization-options/custom-base-maps/creating-custom-maps) and [Adding custom background maps to Mapeo Desktop](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-installation-setup/adding-custom-base-maps-to-mapeo-desktop).
{% endhint %}


# Importing and using external geospatial data

When creating data in **Territory** mode, you may want to incorporate or utilize geospatial data from a source outside of <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/bdNxQRS9mSJlaKfeYAUuqnhwjnkpXLYxjXEraIF2Y6JG7eyWI_grgr8HJ5PKGER8wB3xIgmLse9XuLQKxRlcLrYc1ZV8fzB6GwNRV22uGoWWcQ2dtQs2RKh1XN_v8PocFOMU24L6" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Desktop **Territory** Mode.

One key source of data that you may want to access in <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/bdNxQRS9mSJlaKfeYAUuqnhwjnkpXLYxjXEraIF2Y6JG7eyWI_grgr8HJ5PKGER8wB3xIgmLse9XuLQKxRlcLrYc1ZV8fzB6GwNRV22uGoWWcQ2dtQs2RKh1XN_v8PocFOMU24L6" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Desktop **Territory** mode is data that was collected via  <img src="https://lh4.googleusercontent.com/h29dCuHGSwyXA6NBPzGBOWNjMXb3T7eSFam0RnCTtp1Aui8uQgtioJnREuOkPJ9idCfxOHcjkBUBNvIRRvbCA_zW1sigl_fn3EFoSq4pomrkehyYg6hPLkcr1nabg-FNR2y9YP_-" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Mobile, synchronized with your <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/bdNxQRS9mSJlaKfeYAUuqnhwjnkpXLYxjXEraIF2Y6JG7eyWI_grgr8HJ5PKGER8wB3xIgmLse9XuLQKxRlcLrYc1ZV8fzB6GwNRV22uGoWWcQ2dtQs2RKh1XN_v8PocFOMU24L6" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Desktop device, and available in <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/bdNxQRS9mSJlaKfeYAUuqnhwjnkpXLYxjXEraIF2Y6JG7eyWI_grgr8HJ5PKGER8wB3xIgmLse9XuLQKxRlcLrYc1ZV8fzB6GwNRV22uGoWWcQ2dtQs2RKh1XN_v8PocFOMU24L6" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Desktop **Observations** mode.

Additional data sources to use could be any of the following:

* `.GeoJSON` (a commonly used format by many GIS tools such as QGIS or Mapbox, and also available as an export option in both <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/bdNxQRS9mSJlaKfeYAUuqnhwjnkpXLYxjXEraIF2Y6JG7eyWI_grgr8HJ5PKGER8wB3xIgmLse9XuLQKxRlcLrYc1ZV8fzB6GwNRV22uGoWWcQ2dtQs2RKh1XN_v8PocFOMU24L6" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Desktop **Territory** and **Observations** modes)&#x20;
* `.kml` / `.kmz` (A file extension used by Google Earth Pro and related tools, but commonly used by many applications)&#x20;
* Shapefile (`.shp` and several other files, created by Esri for use in their ArcGIS software but commonly used by many applications)
* `.gpx` (a GPS data file that contains waypoints, routes, and tracks; generated by handheld GPS devices by Garmin and others)&#x20;

There are currently three different ways to work with the above kinds of external data.&#x20;

## Importing `.GeoJSON` or shapefile data as territory data&#x20;

You can import a file containing geospatial data (in `.GeoJSON` and shapefile formats) directly into your <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/bdNxQRS9mSJlaKfeYAUuqnhwjnkpXLYxjXEraIF2Y6JG7eyWI_grgr8HJ5PKGER8wB3xIgmLse9XuLQKxRlcLrYc1ZV8fzB6GwNRV22uGoWWcQ2dtQs2RKh1XN_v8PocFOMU24L6" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Desktop **Territory** mode database. This will add all of the data (points, lines, and areas) to your <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/bdNxQRS9mSJlaKfeYAUuqnhwjnkpXLYxjXEraIF2Y6JG7eyWI_grgr8HJ5PKGER8wB3xIgmLse9XuLQKxRlcLrYc1ZV8fzB6GwNRV22uGoWWcQ2dtQs2RKh1XN_v8PocFOMU24L6" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Desktop territory data set as uncategorized features. You can then edit the features in the same way as any features that were created directly in **Territory** mode.

* In the **Top menu** bar, click on **File** and then select **Import territory data**.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FSkMrdJaKbjiB1PYhmBUu%2FMd-territory_importing-01.jpg?alt=media\&token=4a6b6384-9a50-4675-bccf-013746f5bbfa)

* In the file browser pop-up window, navigate to the directory where the file you want to import is located. Select the file you wish to import (in either `.GeoJSON` or shapefile format).&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FQ4ADTLmXldLaoEAbLvCc%2FMd-territory_importing-02.jpg?alt=media\&token=38935b57-d274-4f1e-84fd-b362a49325b9)

* Currently, Mapeo does not provide any messaging once you have done so, but if the file you have selected has geospatial data that can be imported, Mapeo will begin importing the data. <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/eVaw28jOyvIaFA5qBZlIXKQ5xKIlqlt32kPTs818ynoMkT1CYyYe4EZokBrb3bNcQP0fFJYdUnzXRslKcKyxwJT-EsRqOX0qqj5sI3AxC7jw1O0yQhBLIYcwDm2ZblG8Wr1TxPYQ" alt="" data-size="line"> You may see a processing icon at the bottom right of the map, indicating that data is being imported.&#x20;
* Upon successful import, the data will not show up right away; you may have to reload Mapeo by pressing **CTRL-R** or restarting.
* Once imported and refreshed, the data will appear as uncategorized features on your map. Remember that you will need to be zoomed in to the area where they are located in order to see them on the background map.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FigC8iwZYzZ2ahDgwGbDU%2FMd-territory_importing-03.jpg?alt=media\&token=81101542-ede6-48ec-919d-87a22cca8a02)

* You can then edit the features in the same way as any features that were created directly in **Territory** mode.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FjXm8Gqkdbtzx5aELUuhU%2FMd-territory_importing-04.jpg?alt=media\&token=0b98688f-a33d-4f6d-afff-7b79179cf5de)

{% hint style="info" %}
**Note**: to import a shapefile, <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/bdNxQRS9mSJlaKfeYAUuqnhwjnkpXLYxjXEraIF2Y6JG7eyWI_grgr8HJ5PKGER8wB3xIgmLse9XuLQKxRlcLrYc1ZV8fzB6GwNRV22uGoWWcQ2dtQs2RKh1XN_v8PocFOMU24L6" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Desktop is configured to look for `.shp` file. However, a shapefile consists of a number of additional files with other extensions including `.shx`, `.dbf`, `.sbn` and several additional optional files. Make sure these files are in the same directory as your `.shp` file or the import will fail.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
**Note**: currently, it is not possible to import `.kml` / `.kmz` or `.gpx` data directly into your **Territory** database. See the next section for more information on how to use these as a map data overlay.&#x20;
{% endhint %}

## Using geospatial data as a temporary custom map data overlay&#x20;

You can add geospatial data as a temporary data layer that is displayed on top of your background, as a reference for creating **Territory** data but without including this data directly into your database. This could be useful if you have some geospatial data that you want to display for reference when creating data, such as place names, rivers and creeks, roads and paths, or zonal data. In **Territory** mode, this is currently known as **custom map data**.

There are four types of data that can be added as **custom map data**: `.gpx`, `.kml`, `.geojson` and `.json`.

There are two ways to add custom map data to **Territory** mode:

(1) Using the <img src="https://lh6.googleusercontent.com/iF7rEqSXh_KG5b_PIQHVn_h7r72lgrqaXUlyPbFE_D4xV86Q3DU_GVyLOepyi3G1QElmhH55NBw2S9Su6Tc7-n7LMhvW2hqsAp-PLP3j1c6v1133BsFqJPR8vyWtg_ugdphxPN8p" alt="" data-size="line"> **Map Data** window&#x20;

* Click on <img src="https://lh6.googleusercontent.com/iF7rEqSXh_KG5b_PIQHVn_h7r72lgrqaXUlyPbFE_D4xV86Q3DU_GVyLOepyi3G1QElmhH55NBw2S9Su6Tc7-n7LMhvW2hqsAp-PLP3j1c6v1133BsFqJPR8vyWtg_ugdphxPN8p" alt="" data-size="line"> **Map Data** <mark style="color:purple;">\[or use the</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">`F`</mark> <mark style="color:purple;"></mark><mark style="color:purple;">key shortcut on your keyboard]</mark>.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F6BhvBCYCvKqjTNSgZF8W%2FMd-territory_importing-05.jpg?alt=media\&token=ca4eafad-5af9-437c-8e05-43b2ec495daa)

* Click on the **\[…] Edit custom data** layer button next to **Custom Map Data**. This button will be grayed out if no custom map data has been added.&#x20;
* From here, you can click the **Choose File** button to select a file, or add a data file URL if it is hosted on a server.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FihnuUkc4zvL7wBouq5W9%2FMd-territory_importing-06.jpg?alt=media\&token=e7d1acc4-cfd4-4ab1-ac8a-fe1c4808f154)

* If you are adding a file, in the file browser pop-up window, navigate to the directory where the file you want to import is located. Select the file you wish to import.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2F6nZo1yuGsAcXQGmZhN9N%2FMd-territory_importing-07.jpg?alt=media\&token=cfb5290c-b34a-47e1-91c2-34bceb024daf)

* Click **Ok**. Now, you should be able to check the **Custom Map Data** option to show or hide the geospatial data that you’ve added.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FfAsaI1EtwfSw6VoglfOy%2FMd-territory_importing-08.jpg?alt=media\&token=a0617a5c-01ab-4f6b-bd9d-1c2952f05d6a)

(2) You also can drag the files from a file explorer window directly onto the map view. This will automatically add the file to the **Custom Map Data** option in the <img src="https://lh6.googleusercontent.com/iF7rEqSXh_KG5b_PIQHVn_h7r72lgrqaXUlyPbFE_D4xV86Q3DU_GVyLOepyi3G1QElmhH55NBw2S9Su6Tc7-n7LMhvW2hqsAp-PLP3j1c6v1133BsFqJPR8vyWtg_ugdphxPN8p" alt="" data-size="line"> **Map Data** panel.

On the **Territory** mode map, custom map data is shown with a pink outline and fill. If you hover over or click over any custom map data shapes, you will see attributes of the data in the **Edit feature** panel.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FVn7yzUdr1Yerk0FtBPcC%2FMd-territory_importing-09.jpg?alt=media\&token=58752c45-f3bb-467e-bb3f-9952637cac13)

However, neither the attributes nor the geometries of custom map data can be edited, as this data is only made available as a visual reference for creating territory data. If you want to include this data directly into your territory database, then you need to import the data as described in [#importing-.geojson-or-shapefile-data-as-territory-data](#importing-.geojson-or-shapefile-data-as-territory-data "mention")(and if your data is not in either of those formats, you may need to convert it using another software such as QGIS, ArcGIS, or web-based conversion tools such as [toGeoJSON](https://mapbox.github.io/togeojson/)).&#x20;

If you are unable to convert the file, then you can create new features by tracing over these overlain points, lines and areas. If you choose this route, you should make sure you are very zoomed in when you trace features to ensure you are as accurate as possible.&#x20;

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FXhTsnSDzTiUopapTuC5J%2FMd-territory_importing-11.jpg?alt=media\&token=b5d53d7c-ca80-43c5-b366-1e38a04ae040)

## About observation data in Territory mode&#x20;

While there is a different workflow for working with observation data in Mapeo that is documented in the [Mapeo Desktop for managing Mapeo Mobile data (Observations mode)](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data) section, you can access Mapeo observation data in the **Territory** mode as well. Currently, Mapeo observation data will be displayed in the same style as Territory data.

It is also possible to edit Mapeo observations data in **Territory** mode, to a limited degree: you can edit feature details, and these changes will be reflected in **Observation** mode, and will also be synchronized with other Mapeo devices. However, if you move the location of a feature, or delete a feature in **Territory** mode, these changes will not be reflected in **Observation** mode; and, when you close and open **Territory** mode again, moved features will reappear in their original location as they were in **Observation** mode, and deleted features will reappear on the map.


# Exporting and syncing data

## Exporting territory data as a `.GeoJSON` file&#x20;

Once you are finished creating and editing data in **Territory** mode, you may export your data to a `.GeoJSON` file format. This is a commonly used file format which can be opened using other GIS or cartography software or platforms such as QGIS, Mapbox Studio, or ArcGIS.

To export territory data, click on the <img src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/Y7Kzo5XZvOMWkkY67zf9wj6zhw7CoVOTGmAYM0uS8ovSXNrjtygZ_jYStO_LY19I-ccSKjRfesuq5Qp1LpVhCwh3hz3k1yTzDeb5Foap5ZJTa2A9SP5ZLWGHWy_bshdEd_-BVKjh" alt="" data-size="line"> **Export map data** button on the top right of your screen, and select **Export Territory Data as GeoJSON**. Next, in the pop-up window, rename and save the `.GeoJSON` file where you want.

![](https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FZDzR7qQ2bUnpzYHnJtYw%2FMd-territory_exporting-01.jpg?alt=media\&token=34223371-ec50-4e67-86d7-40708bb22a9d)

{% hint style="info" %}
**Note:** this will export all of your territory data at once. There currently is no way to export a selection of your territory data.&#x20;
{% endhint %}

## About synchronizing territory data with other devices

It is possible to synchronize data created using <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/bdNxQRS9mSJlaKfeYAUuqnhwjnkpXLYxjXEraIF2Y6JG7eyWI_grgr8HJ5PKGER8wB3xIgmLse9XuLQKxRlcLrYc1ZV8fzB6GwNRV22uGoWWcQ2dtQs2RKh1XN_v8PocFOMU24L6" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Desktop Territory mode with other devices:

* If two <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/bdNxQRS9mSJlaKfeYAUuqnhwjnkpXLYxjXEraIF2Y6JG7eyWI_grgr8HJ5PKGER8wB3xIgmLse9XuLQKxRlcLrYc1ZV8fzB6GwNRV22uGoWWcQ2dtQs2RKh1XN_v8PocFOMU24L6" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Desktop devices synchronize with each other in the <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/bdNxQRS9mSJlaKfeYAUuqnhwjnkpXLYxjXEraIF2Y6JG7eyWI_grgr8HJ5PKGER8wB3xIgmLse9XuLQKxRlcLrYc1ZV8fzB6GwNRV22uGoWWcQ2dtQs2RKh1XN_v8PocFOMU24L6" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Desktop Synchronize mode, they will each exchange all of their territory data (as well as the observation data) with each other.&#x20;
* If a <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/bdNxQRS9mSJlaKfeYAUuqnhwjnkpXLYxjXEraIF2Y6JG7eyWI_grgr8HJ5PKGER8wB3xIgmLse9XuLQKxRlcLrYc1ZV8fzB6GwNRV22uGoWWcQ2dtQs2RKh1XN_v8PocFOMU24L6" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Desktop device (computer 1) synchronizes with a <img src="https://lh4.googleusercontent.com/h29dCuHGSwyXA6NBPzGBOWNjMXb3T7eSFam0RnCTtp1Aui8uQgtioJnREuOkPJ9idCfxOHcjkBUBNvIRRvbCA_zW1sigl_fn3EFoSq4pomrkehyYg6hPLkcr1nabg-FNR2y9YP_-" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Mobile device (phone 1), then that Mapeo Mobile device will receive all of the territory data from the <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/bdNxQRS9mSJlaKfeYAUuqnhwjnkpXLYxjXEraIF2Y6JG7eyWI_grgr8HJ5PKGER8wB3xIgmLse9XuLQKxRlcLrYc1ZV8fzB6GwNRV22uGoWWcQ2dtQs2RKh1XN_v8PocFOMU24L6" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Desktop device, and will store this data. The Mapeo Mobile device will **not** display this data on the map nor show any of the features in the **Observations list** screen. However:&#x20;
  * When this <img src="https://lh4.googleusercontent.com/h29dCuHGSwyXA6NBPzGBOWNjMXb3T7eSFam0RnCTtp1Aui8uQgtioJnREuOkPJ9idCfxOHcjkBUBNvIRRvbCA_zW1sigl_fn3EFoSq4pomrkehyYg6hPLkcr1nabg-FNR2y9YP_-" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Mobile device synchronizes with another <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/bdNxQRS9mSJlaKfeYAUuqnhwjnkpXLYxjXEraIF2Y6JG7eyWI_grgr8HJ5PKGER8wB3xIgmLse9XuLQKxRlcLrYc1ZV8fzB6GwNRV22uGoWWcQ2dtQs2RKh1XN_v8PocFOMU24L6" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Desktop device (computer 2), it will share all of the territory data from that first device (computer 1), and the second device will be able to see, edit, export, and synchronize that data as well.&#x20;
  * When this <img src="https://lh4.googleusercontent.com/h29dCuHGSwyXA6NBPzGBOWNjMXb3T7eSFam0RnCTtp1Aui8uQgtioJnREuOkPJ9idCfxOHcjkBUBNvIRRvbCA_zW1sigl_fn3EFoSq4pomrkehyYg6hPLkcr1nabg-FNR2y9YP_-" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Mobile device (phone 1) synchronizes with another <img src="https://lh4.googleusercontent.com/h29dCuHGSwyXA6NBPzGBOWNjMXb3T7eSFam0RnCTtp1Aui8uQgtioJnREuOkPJ9idCfxOHcjkBUBNvIRRvbCA_zW1sigl_fn3EFoSq4pomrkehyYg6hPLkcr1nabg-FNR2y9YP_-" alt="" data-size="line"> Mapeo Mobile device (phone 2), that second device (phone 2) will receive all of the territory data that was synchronized with the first device (phone 1), but won’t be able to see it or edit it. The <img src="https://lh4.googleusercontent.com/h29dCuHGSwyXA6NBPzGBOWNjMXb3T7eSFam0RnCTtp1Aui8uQgtioJnREuOkPJ9idCfxOHcjkBUBNvIRRvbCA_zW1sigl_fn3EFoSq4pomrkehyYg6hPLkcr1nabg-FNR2y9YP_-" alt="" data-size="line"> second Mapeo Mobile device (phone 2) may now synchronize this data with other Mapeo devices.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Note**: Synchronized territory data will also include any external geospatial data that was added to Mapeo **Territory** mode; see [Importing and using external geospatial data](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-create-territory-information/importing-external-territory-information).
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
To learn more about how synchronizing data works in Mapeo, see[Synchronizing data with Mapeo Desktop](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/synchronizing-data-with-mapeo-desktop).
{% endhint %}


# Synchronizing data with Mapeo Desktop

Mapeo Desktop allows you to synchronize collected data with other Mapeo users or devices that are members of the same project. Synchronizing is used regularly throughout the course of projects to aggregate data collected by different participants and ensure that multiple copies of the complete database exist. **Syncing data does not always require an internet connection and can be done in entirely offline areas**. &#x20;

{% hint style="warning" %}
Please note that by synchronizing with another Mapeo user, **ALL DATA is shared in both directions**. You will receive all of the observations present on the other Mapeo device and they will receive all of the observations present on your device. Only synchronize with members of your project whom you trust with all of your data. For more on synchronization, see: [Peer-to-peer & Mapeo sync](/overview/about-mapeo/peer-to-peer-and-mapeo-sync).

\
Any edits that have been made to the data will also be transferred to the other device during synchronization. For example, if a person deletes or edits an observation and then syncs with other devices, this observation will be deleted or edited on all synced devices.&#x20;

\
It is important to create project [<mark style="color:blue;">synchronization protocols</mark>](/complete-reference-guide/essentials-for-a-successful-mapeo-project/creating-user-protocols) to ensure that all data becomes part of the project database.&#x20;
{% endhint %}

There are 2 ways to synchronize with Mapeo Desktop:

* [**Synchronization via Wi-Fi** ](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/syncing-data/synchronizing-via-wi-fi) (<img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FirR1YAbrD2IpT6IvHTA3%2Flaptop-Md-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=44e56437-4d19-43e2-9ec2-81bda2950464" alt="" data-size="line"><img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FRirGV9BYutX44TQCWOOD%2Fphone-Mm-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=2e8207cb-37fa-4fd4-8fe7-4581b9057570" alt="" data-size="line">)\
  *For syncing with another computer or smartphone*\
  Can be used if both devices are in the same place and have access to a Wi-Fi network. **(An internet connection is not required.)**<br>
* [**Synchronization with a file**](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/syncing-data/synchronizing-with-a-file) (<img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FirR1YAbrD2IpT6IvHTA3%2Flaptop-Md-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=44e56437-4d19-43e2-9ec2-81bda2950464" alt="" data-size="line"><img src="https://3796244665-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2F-MYBEBKX0wx5_bwmCf0q-887967055%2Fuploads%2FirR1YAbrD2IpT6IvHTA3%2Flaptop-Md-icon.png?alt=media&amp;token=44e56437-4d19-43e2-9ec2-81bda2950464" alt="" data-size="line">)\
  *Only for syncing between computers*\
  Useful in these two contexts:&#x20;
  * If devices are in the same place, even without a Wi-Fi network.
  * If devices are not in the same place and both have an internet connection.


# Mapeo trainings

A key piece of a successful Mapeo project is ensuring that participants have the skills they need in Mapeo and a clear understanding of the workflows they are expected to perform. It will often be necessary to run one or more training sessions to cover these aspects.

Training sessions generally take place at the beginning of a Mapeo project or when a new participant joins a project. Trainings can cover different types of content, ranging from a general introduction to the Mapeo tools and main features, to explaining how Mapeo is used in a specific project and the workflows that need to be followed when participating in it. In this sense, trainings can be *tool-centered*, or *context-centered*. Sessions can be virtual or in-person, periodical or punctual. These aspects of format and focus will depend on the details of each case.

Mapeo is designed with a focus on being easy to use to help communities spend less time learning technical skills, and reduce their need to have budget and access to outside trainers to get started using Mapeo. The aim is to increase user and community autonomy.

Digital Democracy has been delivering many types of information and training events based on the needs of different groups and communities. We have documented the content in this section because we believe that access to good information and training should not be limited to the relatively small number of training and support requests we are able to accommodate. With a diversely skilled and motivated team, we hope the contents shared here will help you deliver a Mapeo training event that will work well for your community or audience.

Remember that everyone can learn and train Mapeo and all skill levels of participants can become Mapeo users in some way. Those who can’t read and write may be an important part of the project and can also learn to use Mapeo if demonstrations are tailored to engage them (eg. elders sharing stories, leading walks, etc.). You will find some tips on this in the subsections that follow.

In the subsections below, you’ll find useful resources and information on how to plan, prepare and deliver training sessions based on your goals, participants, training etc.

* [Defining goals and format](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions/defining-goals-and-format)
  * What are the goals of the training?
  * Who will be involved?
  * What will be the format of the session(s)?<br>
* [Structuring a training](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions/structuring-a-training)
  * [Best practices for planning a training](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions/structuring-a-training/best-practices-for-planning-a-training)
    * General training tips when planning a training
    * Tips for engaging with participants with various skill levels
    * Tips for virtual events<br>
  * [Structuring the agenda, content and activities](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions/structuring-a-training/structuring-the-agenda-content-and-activities)
    * Suggestions for different sections of a training event
    * Tips on how to train different important features and workflows in Mapeo
    * Available materials and resources for the training event<br>
* [Preparing equipment and supplies for a training](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions/preparing-equipment-and-supplies-for-a-training)
  * [Recommended equipment and supplies](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions/preparing-equipment-and-supplies-for-a-training/recommended-equipment-and-supplies)
    * In-person events
    * Virtual events
  * [Tech preparation before doing in-person training](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions/preparing-equipment-and-supplies-for-a-training/tech-preparation-before-doing-in-person-training)
    * Participants devices
    * Trainer devices
    * Tech support devices


# Defining goals and format

Training plans are naturally unique for every participant group, and Mapeo training sessions can go in many different directions depending on the trainer’s strengths and participants’ needs. Working through the questions below can be a good first step in defining your training plan.

### **What are the goals of the session?**

The goals of a Mapeo training often fall under one the umbrellas below, but of course your goals will vary depending on your team's priorities and needs:

* **Tool-centered:** Provide a general overview of the Mapeo tools or focus on specific Mapeo features. For example, training on how to collect observations, or on how to synchronize Mapeo Mobile with Mapeo Desktop
* **Context-centered:** Train on the workflow and concrete tasks that users are expected to perform in a specific context or project. For example, training to the monitors on the workflow they are expected to carry out (e.g. collect observations with Mapeo in the case of `X` or `X`, send an alert to `X` person via the `X` app, sync with `X` person, etc.)

### Who will be involved?

When planning a training session, it’s important to know who the participants will be and what their interests, needs, and skills are. Mapeo can be used by participants of all skill levels if training sessions are tailored appropriately. You can find tips on this on [Best practices for planning a training](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions/structuring-a-training/best-practices-for-planning-a-training#tips-on-engaging-with-participants-with-various-skill-levels).

Participants’ goals are also important to get clear on. With good communication, the participants' realistic goals become the goals for a Mapeo trainer and are incorporated into the training plan.

It is the responsibility of the trainer to design and adapt sessions based on the participants, to ensure they are able to gain the skills and confidence needed to accomplish the necessary tasks in a mapping or monitoring project.

### **What will be the format of the training?**

Mapeo training events can be in-person or virtual. Each has its benefits and limitations, which must be considered when deciding the goals, participants, and scope of the activity. For example, virtual events allow participants to join from anywhere with an internet connection, while in-person training sessions allow for better hands-on demonstrations and exercises with participants.

* **IN-PERSON training event**
  * <mark style="color:green;">**Strengths**</mark>
    * Mapeo is an offline-first tool that makes it possible for people in remote areas with limited or no internet to collect and exchange data, and these offline workflows are much better trained in person in the same context.
    * A safe, friendly, and relaxed space with ample opportunity for peer learning can be easier to foster in person than in virtual contexts.
    * It is much easier for a trainer to observe participants in person in order read the room, identify which aspects are harder to learn, and change plans if needed.
  * <mark style="color:red;">**Weaknesses**</mark>

    * Normally it is more expensive, as it has to gather people from different places.
    * Depending on the context, it might be impossible to do this given time or logistics required, or because of location of the trainer, etc.

* **VIRTUAL training event**
  * <mark style="color:green;">**Strengths**</mark>
    * It allows the involvement of participants located in distinct areas.
    * It tends to be cheaper than organizing an in-person training.
  * <mark style="color:red;">**Weaknesses**</mark>
    * Virtual training events have the challenge of requiring that participants have knowledge of virtual learning platforms. If you end up organizing a virtual session, remember that it is always better to use the virtual platforms that are already known by the participants or to separate dedicated training time to train them on the use of these new platforms.
    * It is more difficult to read the room and have a sense of how people are following the session.
    * The Internet signal can be weak in some areas, so expect sudden losses of connection by participants joining from rural areas.
    * It can be more challenging to maintain momentum, have people work together, and remain focused. Participants' ability to remain focused on a computer screen for training is likely less than in a face-face meeting.&#x20;


# Structuring a training

In this section, you will find a collection of best practices, tips, ideas and resources that you can use when planning and conducting a training event. From tips on how to engage with participants in an in-person event to recommendations for virtual events, from suggestions on how to tackle the different sections of the agenda, to tips and exercises that you can use to practice different Mapeo workflows. Moreover, we also have compiled a list of useful presentations and other resources that you can use during the training.

* [Best practices for planning a training](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions/structuring-a-training/best-practices-for-planning-a-training)
  * General tips when planning a training
  * Tips on engaging with participants with various skill levels
  * Tips for virtual events<br>
* [Structuring the agenda, content and activities](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions/structuring-a-training/structuring-the-agenda-content-and-activities)
  * Suggestions for the different sections of a training event
  * Tips on how to train different important features and workflows in Mapeo
  * Available materials and resources for the training event


# Best practices for planning a training

* [General tips](#general-tips)
* [Tips on engaging with participants with various skill levels](#tips-on-engaging-with-participants-with-various-skill-levels)
* [Tips for virtual events](#tips-for-virtual-events)

### **General tips**

* Mapeo, like many applications, is best learned in with an emphasis on practice, so plan to include hands-on exercises and simulations.
* Scale event goals and be transparent about expectations. Be selective and realistic about what can be covered.
* Mapeo tools each have a lot of features and possible uses for individuals and communities. Having clear priorities will help in designing a Mapeo training plan that is relevant to learners. Get clear on participants' goals in order to incorporate these into the training plan.

### **Tips on engaging with participants with various skill levels**

* All skill levels of participants can become Mapeo users in some way. Some tasks like collecting data are accessible to new users who are comfortable using their devices. Other tasks like setting up customizations, data synchronization, and generating data outputs may be tasks a user is ready to do after they are comfortable with the Mapeo interfaces, and understand what kind of information they are working with.
* If community members who can’t read or write are important to the project (eg. elders sharing stories, leading walks, etc.), make sure that use demonstrations are tailored to engage them, so that they are also able to use Mapeo.
* It is important to present information and instruction at a vocabulary and skill level that is accessible to participants.
* Newly learned skills can be affirmed by asking participants to share with their peers what they were able to do using Mapeo. Even if they are unsure, it’s good to remind them that making mistakes or asking for help in the learning environment is much better than getting stuck when alone.
* Be mindful of different abilities and disabilities in the group. Impaired vision, hearing, dexterity, and mobility, as well as diverse levels of literacy and language fluency can impact one's ability to learn new skills and be a confident Mapeo user. Mapeo trainers are encouraged to use accessible training techniques and support learners with their [device's accessibility feature settings](/complete-reference-guide/glossary-and-quick-reference-sheets/glossary-of-mapeo-related-terms#device-accessability-settings) and where possible, access specialized equipment.

### **Tips for virtual events**

* It is always better to use virtual platforms with whom participants are already familiar or to separate dedicated training time to train them on the use of new platforms.
* Mapeo, like many applications, is best learned in with an emphasis on practice. You can promote this even in virtual events.
* If you use Zoom, you can use breakout rooms, polls, and other tools to make the session more interactive.
* Make sure to use visual materials to share the content in different formats (oral, visual, etc.). You can find some useful visual materials in [Additional references](/additional-references)
* Use screen sharing software and connections to make demonstrations of Mapeo on your smartphone and computer
* Pre-recorded videos of demos are recommended to have on hand in the case that live demos are not working well\*
  * Consider that it can be very demanding on your computer's video card to participate in a live video conference while doing a screen share and local screen mirroring. This can often affect the computer’s capacity to perform well. Also, most software will be slower and less responsive in this context and Mapeo is no exception.
  * Any WiFi-based screen mirroring tool will prevent Mapeo from being able to use Mapeo’s synchronization via WiFi. It is highly recommended to prerecord this on both devices used.
* We encourage you to sample content that can be seen, recorded or captured by attendees.


# Structuring the agenda, content and activities

In this section, we put together a few suggestions on how to plan the agenda and different sections of a training, and included some tips and proposed exercises for training some of the key features and workflows in Mapeo.

* [Suggestions for the different sections of a training event](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions/structuring-a-training/structuring-the-agenda-content-and-activities/suggestions-for-the-different-sections-of-a-training-event)
* [Tips and suggested activities for training key features of Mapeo](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions/structuring-a-training/structuring-the-agenda-content-and-activities/tips-and-suggested-activities-for-training-key-features-of-mapeo)
* [Materials and resources available for the training event](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions/structuring-a-training/structuring-the-agenda-content-and-activities/materials-and-resources-available-for-the-training-event)


# Suggestions for the different sections of a training event

A training activity generally begins with an opening and introduction, followed by demonstrations and walkthroughs, a practice time, and time for questions and discussion. When possible, it also can include a demonstration by the participants. Here you will find some tips for these different sections:

### **Opening and Introduction**

Take time for making an appropriate and meaningful opening that is directed by local leaders. Mapeo is a tool designed for communities to use in their unique contexts. What is shared in the opening can help participants contextualize the possible application and impact of their use of Mapeo.

Participatory introductions are an opportunity for the trainer to hear from participants why they are participating in a Mapeo training. This becomes a collective affirmation of the effort everyone is giving in sharing the learning process.

When introducing or reintroducing Mapeo to a group, give concrete examples from other places about how Mapeo works or helped a community achieve their goal, followed by goals and expectations about what the participants will be learning about Mapeo at the current event. Allow time in this section for questions or concerns to make sure that the agenda is going to work.

For events that will include hands-on practice with Mapeo, take a moment to remind participants to charge their devices.

### **Demonstration**

Show a user task or workflow once with everyone watching first.

Be specific when describing what you want to do and what you have to click/tap to do it. Often describing the shape, color, location, and when available, a label of a button in a demonstration will make it easier for participants to recall more options for interacting with Mapeo.

You can also use some support for the demonstrations, such as using a slide or a printed demo to show people on, or if you only have one device, you can walk around so everyone sees it.

### **Walkthrough**

Have all participants' equipment ready to use and distributed to participants. (see [Tech preparation before doing in-person training](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions/preparing-equipment-and-supplies-for-a-training/tech-preparation-before-doing-in-person-training#participant-devices) )

Ask leading questions - *I want to do x, Where should I click/tap?*

Having a dedicated support person to help participants resolve equipment issues, and walk around the room to offer support if it's an in-person training, is essential for maintaining a flow during instructional time.

### **Practice**

Make use of consistent learning teams. Groups of 3-6 people generally work best for Mapeo Mobile, groups of 2-3 people work well for Mapeo Desktop. You will find some ideas for exercises in [Tips and suggested activities for training key features of Mapeo](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions/structuring-a-training/structuring-the-agenda-content-and-activities/tips-and-suggested-activities-for-training-key-features-of-mapeo)

Practice time is a good moment for you as a trainer to observe the participants and get a sense of which processes are harder to follow and where to dive a little deeper.

### **Facilitating Q\&A during a workshop**

A lot of questions that come up about Mapeo revolve around design, possible use cases, and if it has the features needed by the user (check [Is Mapeo right for me?](/overview/is-mapeo-right-for-me)). Depending on the training agenda, your familiarity with Mapeo, and your access to Mapeo resources, you may be able to answer these questions when they come up, or document the questions and return to them at the end or at a different time.

Equipment issues are often the first issues that arise so provide adequate time to troubleshoot.

You can take a look at this[FAQs](/overview/faqs) section, where we gathered some of the most common questions about Mapeo.

### **Participant Demonstration**

Newly learned skills can be affirmed by asking participants to share with their peers what they were able to do using Mapeo. Even if they are unsure, it’s good to remind them that making mistakes or asking for help in the learning environment is much better than getting stuck when alone.

Mapeo is designed for community-owned data and so it is important that users are able to see the data on Mapeo and be able to talk about it in their own words.

Before finishing the practical part, consider if you want everyone to delete the data created during the simulation so that it is not mixed with the project data.

### **Evaluation of the event**

Review what was shared or learned in the session and highlight any reminders about Mapeo tasks that were particularly difficult for the participants.

Gather feedback about Mapeo and about how the learning experience went.

This can be tricky depending on the context. So, here are some practices that have worked for us:

* Instead of testing/evaluating skills gained, ask questions about where participants found pain points with Mapeo, and what could be improved. This way you can encourage discussion on the most difficult processes in Mapeo.
* Make questions around the time used to deliver each section (e.g. *did we invest enough time to practice the synchronization between devices?*), to identify which are the things that were more difficult to follow and require more time and attention in the next training session.
* Ask the participants to compare things. They might not want to say that something was bad, but maybe you can come up with a clear ranking by asking questions like *“what was easier to learn, this aspect or that aspect?”*
* Ask how effective the training session has been for them, or how useful the Mapeo tool and its processes are to them. This also opens a space to discuss where the focus of the training should be next time.

Identify any needed follow-up and how that will happen.

### **Closing a training event**

Give that final word to the local leaders that are present. Often during technical training, local leaders observe and identify obstacles, behaviors, possibilities, and solutions. They are the best at articulating the importance of Mapeo in the project and getting specific about the responsibilities the participants have in maintaining skills and making the quality of information high.


# Tips and suggested activities for training key features of Mapeo

Different features and workflows of Mapeo differ in terms of complexity, difficulty, and relative importance depending on your project. In order to help you plan the training activity, we have put together some reflections on the most commonly used Mapeo workflows and features, as well as some ideas for exercises that you can do with your group to practice the specific workflows during a training activity.

* [Collecting data](#collecting-data)
  * 💡 Activity 1 - Collect data with Mapeo Mobile
  * 💡 Activity 2 - Create territory data with Mapeo Desktop
* [Synchronizing data](#synchronizing-data)
  * 💡 Activity 3 - Sync data with Mapeo Mobile
  * 💡 Activity 4 - Sync data with Mapeo Desktop
* [Viewing and editing data](#viewing-and-editing-data)
  * 💡 Activity 5 - Filter observations in Mapeo Desktop
* [Generating outputs and exporting data](#generating-outputs-and-exporting-data)
  * 💡 Activity 6 - Share observations with Mapeo Mobile

### **Collecting data**

* Normally it is a quick to learn workflow.
* It can be time-consuming to get an agreed understanding of the use of categories and the level of detail that is needed for the Mapeo data. Having dedicated time to discuss this as a group after is recommended.

<details>

<summary> 💡 Activity 1 - Collect data with Mapeo Mobile</summary>

**Platform:** Mapeo Mobile&#x20;

**Goal:** To get familiar with data collection.&#x20;

**Format:** Individual hands-on exercise&#x20;

**Expected time:** 10-30 minutes&#x20;

**Description:** Participants create observations, include details and pictures, and practice editing and deleting observations.&#x20;

**Support guide section:** [Creating observations](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-use/creating-observations)

**Steps for each participant:**&#x20;

1. Create 5 observations, each belonging to a different category. Fill in the details for all the observations, and include 1 photo for the first one, 2 photos for the second one, and so on.&#x20;
2. Create a 6th observation, fill in the details and add a picture. This time, delete the picture before saving the observation.&#x20;
3. Edit the category of the first observation you created and save the edits.&#x20;
4. Delete the last observation you created.

</details>

<details>

<summary>💡 <strong>Activity 2- Create territory data with Mapeo Desktop</strong></summary>

**Platform:** Mapeo Desktop

**Goal:** To get familiar with the creation of territory data with Mapeo Desktop.

**Format:** Individual hands-on exercise, computer based, internet (or offline map) dependent

**Expected time:** 15 minutes - 1 hour - depends how much you get into it!

**Description:** Participants navigate to an area they know well and then practice drawing points, lines and areas (polygons) on the map and classifying them with information.

**Support guide section:** [Creating and editing territory data](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-create-territory-information/creating-and-editing-territory-data)

**Steps:**&#x20;

1. Navigate to an area on the map that you know well, for example your community or the area you live in.
2. Choose a background online map which has good satellite detail of the area (eg. bing) and zoom in so that you can see things close up and editing becomes possible.
3. What can you identify? Can you see any houses, buildings, created structures (football pitches/gardens) or natural features (mountains/lakes/rivers) that you recognise?
4. Use the editing tool to create some points on the map of things that you know - such as your home or school or an important location. Do the same for some line features (paths, roads, rivers, pipelines) and some areas (garden, village limits, forested area etc).&#x20;
5. Choose categories for each feature you create from the default list, and add any details you wish.
6. When you have created at least 6 features (a mixture of points, lines, areas) save your edits.
7. Then go back and see if you can delete any, and edit the information.
8. Change the background map so that you have a sense of what different options you have.

</details>

### **Synchronizing data**

* Synchronizing is the most difficult feature to fully understand because it is an offline feature that is not typical for most internet-dependent consumer-based technology. Peer-to-peer (P2P) can be very abstract to talk about and is more intuitive to understand when in action.
* This functionality has a relatively steep learning curve for new users.
* It is best to do it early in a training agenda in case more time is needed or the agenda requires this to be repeated towards the end of the event.
* This is essential for understanding how data is aggregated on phones and/or computers with Mapeo when used in a community GIS data project.
* Hands-on exercises are the best way to show and clarify that any edits or deletions made in the database on any device, will be shown on the other devices after syncing.
* Having participants practice data sharing and data syncing is useful to visually illustrate the different behavior of the data in these two processes.
* This is the most technically demanding module, and it requires careful preparation. (See [Tech preparation before doing in-person training](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions/preparing-equipment-and-supplies-for-a-training/tech-preparation-before-doing-in-person-training#participant-devices))
* Pay extra attention to synchronization via Wi-Fi equipment requirements (See[Synchronizing via Wi-Fi](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/syncing-data/synchronizing-via-wi-fi#synchronizing-via-wi-fi)).
* For Mapeo Desktop, take time to get an agreement on file naming conventions.

<details>

<summary>💡 Activity 3 - Sync data with Mapeo Mobile</summary>

**Platform:** Mapeo Mobile&#x20;

**Goal:** To get familiar with data syncing on Mapeo Mobile and understand how data flows, and the need for having clear protocols around syncing to make sure data isn’t lost.

**Warning:** In this exercise, ALL Mapeo data will flow between devices that sync. If there is Mapeo data on one of the devices that shouldn’t be shared with other participants, you need to reformulate the exercise.

**Format:** 2-4 person groups, hands-on exercise & group discussion

**Expected time:** \
Part 1: 10-30 minutes \
Part 2: 10-30 minutes&#x20;

**Description:** Participants practice syncing with other teammates, and understand the behavior of synced data.

**Support guide section:** [Syncing data via Wi-Fi](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-use/wifi-sync)

**Steps:**

**Part 1:**&#x20;

1. Divide the group into smaller groups of 2-4 people.&#x20;
2. In small groups, participants sync the information they collected with each other.&#x20;
3. View the data received.
4. Try to edit the received data.

**Part 2:**&#x20;

1. One participant in each subgroup deletes one of the observations they created in the previous activity for training purposes.&#x20;
2. A second participant from each group syncs with the participant that deleted the observation.&#x20;
3. The second participant verifies that the observation has been removed from the database after syncing.&#x20;
4. The remaining members of the subgroup sync with the two participants with the edited database to confirm that changes made will affect all devices after syncing.

</details>

<details>

<summary>💡 Activity 4 - Sync data with Mapeo Desktop</summary>

**Platform:** Mapeo Desktop (& Mapeo Mobile if desired)

**Goal:** To get familiar with data syncing on Mapeo Desktop, and understand how data flows and the need for having clear protocols around syncing to make sure data isn’t lost.

**Warning:** In this exercise, ALL Mapeo data will flow between devices. If there is Mapeo data in one of the devices that shouldn’t be shared with the participants, you need to reformulate the exercise.

**Format:** 2-4 people groups, hands-on exercise & group discussion

**Expected time:** \
Part 1: 10-30 minutes \
Part 2: 10-30 minutes&#x20;

**Description:** In subgroups, Wi-Fi sync and sync files will be explored. Discussions around syncing methods, naming conventions, and backup creation can take place.

**Support guide section:** [Synchronizing data with Mapeo Desktop](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/synchronizing-data-with-mapeo-desktop)

**Steps:**

**Part 1:** Wi-Fi sync

1. Divide the group into smaller groups of 2-4 people.&#x20;
2. In small groups, participants sync the information they collected with each other. They can sync using both Mapeo Mobile and Mapeo Desktop.&#x20;
3. View the data received.&#x20;
4. Try to edit the received data, and realize that, unlike in Mapeo Mobile, they can edit the received observations in Mapeo Desktop.

\[For more exercises on data syncing, see 💡 Activity 3]

**Part 2:** Sync files

1. Continue in groups of 2-4 people.&#x20;
2. In Mapeo Desktop, each subgroup creates a sync file. When saving the file, you can have a discussion about naming conventions for sync files.&#x20;
3. Each subgroup shares the sync file with the other subgroups (e.g. by email, or using a USB stick).&#x20;
4. In Mapeo Desktop, each subgroup syncs with the received sync files.&#x20;
5. View the data received.&#x20;
6. Discuss the use of this alternative way of syncing and its utility as an option to create backups.

For more on syncing with a file, see [Synchronizing with a file](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/syncing-data/synchronizing-with-a-file).

</details>

### **Viewing and editing data**

* This is generally a workflow that is quick to learn.
* It's a great opportunity to discuss the quality of data.
* If the training event is more than one day, it is recommended to maximize full exploration of filtering possibilities and potentials for outputs.

{% hint style="info" %}
If training is just going to be one day, having sample data collected on a few different days before the event will make it possible for participants to practice using the filter by date feature.
{% endhint %}

<details>

<summary>💡 Activity 5 - Filter observations in Mapeo Desktop</summary>

**Platform:** Mapeo Desktop&#x20;

**Goal:** To get familiar with all the filtering options offered by Mapeo Desktop in Observations mode.

**Format:** Small group hands-on exercise & group discussion

**Expected time:** 10-30 minutes&#x20;

**Description:** In subgroups, participants explore the different filtering options in Mapeo Desktop to view their data and extract some conclusions from the existing database.

**Support guide section:** [Viewing observations](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/viewing-observations#filter-observations)&#x20;

**Steps:**

1. Divide the group into smaller groups of 2-4 people.&#x20;
2. In Mapeo Desktop, each subgroup uses the **Filter by date** option to filter observations collected under relevant periods of time.
3. In Mapeo Desktop, each subgroup uses the **Filter by category** option to filter observations collected from specific categories - first filtering by one category, then filtering by more than one category, and finally excluding only one category from the view.
4. In the bigger group, representatives from each subgroup share the experience with the rest of the group.
5. In the bigger group, begin a discussion on the types of analysis that are possible when viewing filtered data.

</details>

* Editing & deleting on Mapeo Mobile is best demonstrated after synchronization so that participants can see how editing permissions work and understand their responsibility to the community project.

{% hint style="info" %}
Check out the proposed 💡Activities for syncing edited/deleted data.
{% endhint %}

### **Generating outputs and exporting data**

* Mapeo Mobile and Desktop are designed very differently in terms of generating outputs because of typical user contexts. In both cases, it is important that there is a clear distinction between generating an external data output, and data synchronization.
* Mapeo Mobile currently only creates one external output - Mobile alerts shared via messaging apps - designed for time-sensitive information that can help expedite crisis response to an incident. This can be quick to learn if the participants are already familiar with the use of other involved tools, such as email or Whatsapp.

<details>

<summary>💡 Activity 6 - Share observations with Mapeo Mobile</summary>

**Platform:** Mapeo Mobile

**Goal:** To get familiar with external data sharing options on Mapeo Mobile

**Format:** Individual hands-on exercise

**Expected time:** 5 - 15 minutes (If the used messaging apps aren’t installed in the smartphones, plan for a longer time)

**Description:** Each participant explores the different options to share selected observations from Mapeo Mobile with other people.

**Support guide section:** [Sharing data externally](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-mobile-use/sharing-data-externally)

**Steps for each participant:**

1. Each participant shares one observation via Whatsapp/Signal to the participants’ Whatsapp/Signal group.
2. Each participant shares one observation with the trainer via email.&#x20;
3. You can discuss best practices around sharing observations via Mobile alerts.

</details>

* Mapeo Desktop allows the creation of several types of outputs (PDF reports, CSV, SMART CSV and GeoJSON files, and web maps). Read more about it in[Exporting data & sharing externally](/complete-reference-guide/mapeo-desktop-use/using-mapeo-desktop-to-manage-mapeo-mobile-data/exporting-and-sharing-externally). You can discuss which of these options are a priority to learn for the participants considering the goals and needs of the project. Depending on the goals, the skills, and the available time, you can also focus on how to use the data exports on other platforms such as Google Sheets, Excel, SMART, QGIS, ArcGIS, etc.


# Materials and resources available for the training event

We have prepared a list of resources that can be useful for Mapeo trainings. Check it out here: [Additional references](/additional-references). They range from short illustrative videos giving an overview of Mapeo, to Google sheet slides that you can adapt for your training activity, and templates for creating training resources on textiles to use in outdoor training events under any weather conditions.

Moreover, you can also use the sections and content of this Mapeo Support Materials site as a menu of possible content and as a support resource when having questions on specific features and workflows. Remember that this guide has also a [FAQs](/overview/faqs) section, where the most common questions are answered, and a [Troubleshooting](/complete-reference-guide/troubleshooting)section to help solve the most frequent Mapeo issues.

Training events can be run by walking through each topic of interest in the Complete Reference Guide on this site. However, it is not as engaging as a participatory event, where the trainer fully understands the topics of interest and tailors activities around them.


# Preparing equipment and supplies for a training

Before a training event, lots of energy and time go into preparing the equipment and supplies needed for the event and ensuring that the technical preparation is done in advance. The checklists contained in this section can be helpful for working through these steps.

* [Recommended equipment and supplies](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions/preparing-equipment-and-supplies-for-a-training/recommended-equipment-and-supplies)
  * In-person events
  * Virtual events
* [Tech preparation before doing in-person training](/complete-reference-guide/training-and-information-sessions/preparing-equipment-and-supplies-for-a-training/tech-preparation-before-doing-in-person-training)
  * Participants devices
  * Trainer devices
  * Tech support devices


# Recommended equipment and supplies

We have compiled a list of items that are very useful to have when organizing in-person and virtual events.

### **In-person events**

* Make sure you don’t run out of power! Some important items are:
  * Power strips (enough to accommodate participants’ needs)
  * International voltage and plug adaptors
  * USB charging hubs
  * Portable USB chargers
  * Surge protector
* Some equipment to practice synchronization via WiFi:
  * For small groups of 5 or fewer - access to 1-2 routers
  * For group 6 or more - portable routers, power sources, and charging cables.
* For file transfer, device storage, and troubleshooting, make sure you have:
  * OTG adaptors for troubleshooting (MicroUSB and USB C are common)
  * External hard drive with space
  * USB sticks with space
* For demonstration outdoors or in low-tech spaces you can use:
  * Tabloid (11”x17”) printouts of Mapeo screen or presentation slides and a wall or laundry line to display them. We recommend you laminate them to make them more resistant to use and weather conditions
  * You can also use big textile prints - they are easy to carry around, can be used rain or shine and you can use Velcro pieces to make them more interactive.&#x20;
  * A clean dry surface with shelter from rain or sun to stage equipment
  * For Mapeo Desktop training, tables and seating where participants can work in pairs
* For demonstration indoors or in spaces where projection is possible, you might need:
  * Projector and power cable
  * Projection surface in a shaded or dark area. White walls are best. White with fabric backed with black light-blocking fabric works well hung properly.
  * Video cables and adapters
  * For demonstrations with smartphones, make sure your device has video projection capabilities. This is an advanced device feature and requires a video signal adaptor
* Other workshop supplies that are handy:
  * Notepad and thick marker (for organizing teams and activities)
  * Masking tape and utility tape
  * Spare notebooks and pens for participants
  * If expected, printed guides, protective case folders, and labels

### **Virtual events**

For demonstration in virtual events:

* Screen sharing software and connections for devices demonstration
* Sample content that can be seen, recorded, or captured by attendees
* Pre-recorded videos of demos are recommended to have on hand in the case that live demos are not working well.
  * Consider that it can be very demanding on your computer's video card to participate in a live video conference while doing a screen share and local screen mirroring. This can often affect the computer’s capacity to perform well. Also, most software will be slower and less responsive in this context and Mapeo is no exception.
  * Any WiFi-based screen mirroring tool will prevent Mapeo from being able to use Mapeo’s synchronization via WiFi. It is highly recommended to prerecord a demo of this process on both devices used.


# Tech preparation before doing in-person training

To minimize the risk of unexpected tech issues spoiling your agenda and consuming valuable training time, make sure to prepare all the devices involved in a training event.

Here there is a checklist to review before the event:

### **Participant devices**

Ensure that:

* [ ] The operative system is updated
* [ ] The correct language is set up on phone and within Mapeo
* [ ] The device passwords are known
* [ ] The device is fully charged
* [ ] You have added the needed files to the device’s memory (Mm: SD or Internal memory, Md: USB)
  * [ ] Create a folder with needed files and guides. (i.e Mapeo for Community \[Name])
  * [ ] The most important Mapeo files needed for training are the latest installation files (they can have different formats, such as .apk, .exe, . dmg, etc.)
  * [ ] If a customized configuration and maps are being used in the Mapeo project, include that in a clearly labeled subfolder (.i.e Mapeo Configuration or Community x Configuration)

### **Trainer devices**

On top of the checklist for “participant devices”, make sure of the following:

* [ ] Presentation files in dynamic and static formats are loaded on your device.

### Sharing your mobile screen

Screen sharing software is invaluable for demonstration of the mobile device screen in-person and virtual events. Scrcpy is a free and open source tool that allows you to display and control your Android device from your computer.

#### Installing Scrcpy

You can download Scrcpy (Screen Copy) for Microsoft Windows operating system from [github.com/Genymobile/scrcpy](https://github.com/Genymobile/scrcpy/blob/master/doc/windows.md). For MacOS you can use [Homebrew package manager](https://brew.sh/), you have to open your terminal app and typing the following command `brew install scrcpy`. And for Linux, you can install use the [default package manager](https://github.com/Genymobile/scrcpy/blob/master/doc/linux.md) `sudo apt install scrcpy`.

#### Enabling USB Debugging on your Android device

Scrcpy uses Android Developer options to mirror the mobile device screen. It is recommended to connect your phone to your computer using a USB cable.

To enable USB debugging on your Android device go the device `Settings` and scroll down to `About Phone`. Then tap on `Build number` seven times until you see the message `You are a now a developer`. Now a new `Developer options` would appear in your device `Settings`. You can turn on `USB debugging` when you are using Scrcpy.

#### Launch Scrcpy

To start Scrcpy, open your computer terminal application and type `scrpy`. Ensure your mobile device is connected to your computer using a USB cable.

The first time you connect your phone to the computer, a `Allow USB debugging?` message would appear on your mobile device. Select `Allow allow from this computer` option and click \`Allow' button.

That's it! Now you can control your Android device from your computer using trackpad/mouse or keyboard.

### **Tech support devices**

{% hint style="info" %}
Coming soon
{% endhint %}




---

[Next Page](/llms-full.txt/1)

